Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 903 completed

Missions

Open763Completed903All1666
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient Tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation 2: SONATA with Push-Sum Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Directed GraphsResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization a network of mmm agents minimizes a sum of private functions while each agent talks only to its neighbours. Applications include federated and decentralized learning, sensor networks and multi-robot systems, where the data cannot be pooled at one site. Many of these networks are directed (communication links are one-way, for instance because transmission powers differ) and time-varying (links come and go). On such networks no doubly stochastic mixing matrix is available in general, and plain averaging drifts toward a weighted average instead of the true one. The push-sum protocol corrects this drift by carrying an auxiliary weight ϕi\phi_iϕi​ at every agent (Kempe, Dobra & Gehrke 2003; Nedić & Olshevsky 2015).

Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand and G. Scutari (arXiv:1905.02637v2) analyse SONATA, a gradient-tracking method in which each agent solves a strongly convex surrogate of its local problem instead of taking a gradient step, for composite problems (a convex, possibly nonsmooth regulariser GGG and a convex constraint set). They prove linear convergence on undirected graphs (their Theorem 3.9, the companion mission of this series) and, in Section 4, for a push-sum version over time-varying digraphs (Theorem 4.5). This mission formalizes the second result.

Timeline. Gradient tracking with push-sum over time-varying digraphs appears in NEXT/SONATA (Di Lorenzo & Scutari 2016; Scutari & Sun 2019), where convergence was proved without rates for nonconvex problems. Linear rates for smooth unconstrained strongly convex problems over time-varying digraphs were obtained for Push-DIGing (Nedić, Olshevsky & Shi 2017). Sun, Daneshmand and Scutari (2019, revised 2020) extend the linear rate to the composite, constrained setting with surrogates, and require only the average FFF, not every fif_ifi​, to be strongly convex.

Setting

Problem (P). Agent i∈[m]i\in[m]i∈[m] holds fi:Rd→Rf_i:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rd→R; the agents solve

min⁡x∈KU(x)≜F(x)+G(x),F=1m∑i=1mfi.\min_{x\in\mathcal K}U(x)\triangleq F(x)+G(x),\qquad F=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^mf_i .x∈Kmin​U(x)≜F(x)+G(x),F=m1​i=1∑m​fi​.

Assumption A: K\mathcal KK is nonempty, closed and convex; each fif_ifi​ is twice differentiable on an open set O⊇K\mathcal O\supseteq\mathcal KO⊇K and convex; μI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI\mu I\preceq\nabla^2F(x)\preceq LIμI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI on K\mathcal KK with μ>0\mu>0μ>0; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK. x⋆x^\starx⋆ is the solution and U⋆=U(x⋆)U^\star=U(x^\star)U⋆=U(x⋆).

Surrogates (Assumption C). Each agent has f~i(x;z)\tilde f_i(x;z)f~​i​(x;z), C2C^2C2 on O×O\mathcal O\times\mathcal OO×O, with ∇f~i(x;x)=∇fi(x)\nabla\tilde f_i(x;x)=\nabla f_i(x)∇f~​i​(x;x)=∇fi​(x), ∇f~i(⋅;x)\nabla\tilde f_i(\cdot;x)∇f~​i​(⋅;x) L~i\tilde L_iL~i​-Lipschitz and f~i(⋅;x)\tilde f_i(\cdot;x)f~​i​(⋅;x) μ~i\tilde\mu_iμ~​i​-strongly convex on K\mathcal KK. Constants Diℓ≤DiuD^\ell_i\le D^u_iDiℓ​≤Diu​ satisfy DiℓI⪯∇2f~i(x;y)−∇2F(x)⪯DiuID^\ell_iI\preceq\nabla^2\tilde f_i(x;y)-\nabla^2F(x)\preceq D^u_iIDiℓ​I⪯∇2f~​i​(x;y)−∇2F(x)⪯Diu​I on K×K\mathcal K\times\mathcal KK×K (15); μ~mn=min⁡iμ~i\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}=\min_i\tilde\mu_iμ~​mn​=mini​μ~​i​, Dmnℓ=min⁡iDiℓD^\ell_{\rm mn}=\min_iD^\ell_iDmnℓ​=mini​Diℓ​.

Network (Assumption B′). At time ν\nuν the digraph Gν\mathcal G^\nuGν has edge set Eν\mathcal E^\nuEν; (i,j)∈Eν(i,j)\in\mathcal E^\nu(i,j)∈Eν is a link from iii to jjj. There is an integer B>0B>0B>0 such that the union of the edge sets over every window [νB,(ν+1)B−1][\nu B,(\nu+1)B-1][νB,(ν+1)B−1] is strongly connected.

Weights (Assumption E). Cν=(cijν)C^\nu=(c^\nu_{ij})Cν=(cijν​) is column stochastic, ciiν≥cℓ>0c^\nu_{ii}\ge c_\ell>0ciiν​≥cℓ​>0, cijν≥cℓc^\nu_{ij}\ge c_\ellcijν​≥cℓ​ if (j,i)∈Eν(j,i)\in\mathcal E^\nu(j,i)∈Eν and cijν=0c^\nu_{ij}=0cijν​=0 for other j≠ij\ne ij=i.

Algorithm 3. From xi0∈Kx_i^0\in\mathcal Kxi0​∈K, yi0=∇fi(xi0)y_i^0=\nabla f_i(x_i^0)yi0​=∇fi​(xi0​), ϕi0=1\phi_i^0=1ϕi0​=1, each agent computes

x^iν∈argmin⁡xi∈K f~i(xi;xiν)+(yiν−∇fi(xiν))⊤(xi−xiν)+G(xi),xiν+1/2=xiν+α(x^iν−xiν),\hat x_i^\nu\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i\in\mathcal K}\ \tilde f_i(x_i;x_i^\nu)+(y_i^\nu-\nabla f_i(x_i^\nu))^\top(x_i-x_i^\nu)+G(x_i),\qquad x_i^{\nu+1/2}=x_i^\nu+\alpha(\hat x_i^\nu-x_i^\nu),x^iν​∈xi​∈Kargmin​ f~​i​(xi​;xiν​)+(yiν​−∇fi​(xiν​))⊤(xi​−xiν​)+G(xi​),xiν+1/2​=xiν​+α(x^iν​−xiν​),

then ϕiν+1=∑jcijνϕjν\phi_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}\phi_j^\nuϕiν+1​=∑j​cijν​ϕjν​, xiν+1=1ϕiν+1∑jcijνϕjνxjν+1/2x_i^{\nu+1}=\frac1{\phi_i^{\nu+1}}\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}\phi_j^\nu x_j^{\nu+1/2}xiν+1​=ϕiν+1​1​∑j​cijν​ϕjν​xjν+1/2​ and yiν+1=1ϕiν+1∑jcijν(ϕjνyjν+∇fj(xjν+1)−∇fj(xjν))y_i^{\nu+1}=\frac1{\phi_i^{\nu+1}}\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}(\phi_j^\nu y_j^\nu+\nabla f_j(x_j^{\nu+1})-\nabla f_j(x_j^\nu))yiν+1​=ϕiν+1​1​∑j​cijν​(ϕjν​yjν​+∇fj​(xjν+1​)−∇fj​(xjν​)).

The analysis uses the weighted gap pϕν=∑iϕiν(U(xiν)−U⋆)p_\phi^\nu=\sum_i\phi_i^\nu(U(x_i^\nu)-U^\star)pϕν​=∑i​ϕiν​(U(xiν​)−U⋆), the tracking error δiν=∇F(xiν)−yiν\delta_i^\nu=\nabla F(x_i^\nu)-y_i^\nuδiν​=∇F(xiν​)−yiν​, and the consensus errors xϕ,⊥νx^\nu_{\phi,\perp}xϕ,⊥ν​, yϕ,⊥νy^\nu_{\phi,\perp}yϕ,⊥ν​ measured against the ϕ\phiϕ-weighted averages.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

If μ~mn≥Dmnℓ\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}\ge D^\ell_{\rm mn}μ~​mn​≥Dmnℓ​, there is αˉ∈(0,1]\bar\alpha\in(0,1]αˉ∈(0,1] such that for every α∈(0,αˉ)\alpha\in(0,\bar\alpha)α∈(0,αˉ), every run and every agent iii,

∃ C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν)−U⋆∣≤C zν∀ν.\exists\,C,\ z\in[0,1):\qquad|U(x_i^\nu)-U^\star|\le C\,z^\nu\quad\forall\nu .∃C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν​)−U⋆∣≤Czν∀ν.

The goal is qualitative: neither αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ nor the rate is fixed, so it survives any improvement of the constants.

Milestones

In attack order: the weighted tracking identity (74) and its consequence yˉϕν=∇f‾ν\bar y^\nu_\phi=\overline{\nabla f}^\nuyˉ​ϕν​=∇f​ν; the bounds ϕlb≤ϕiν≤ϕub\phi_{lb}\le\phi_i^\nu\le\phi_{ub}ϕlb​≤ϕiν​≤ϕub​ (p. 29); the per-agent descent inequality (Lemma I.1); the lower bound on the weighted step length (Lemma I.2); the tracking-error bound ∥δν∥2≤8Lmx2∥xϕ,⊥ν∥2+2∥yϕ,⊥ν∥2\|\delta^\nu\|^2\le8L^2_{\rm mx}\|x^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2+2\|y^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2∥δν∥2≤8Lmx2​∥xϕ,⊥ν​∥2+2∥yϕ,⊥ν​∥2 (Lemma I.3); the contraction pϕν+1≤σ(α)pϕν+η(α)ϕub(⋯ )p_\phi^{\nu+1}\le\sigma(\alpha)p_\phi^\nu+\eta(\alpha)\phi_{ub}(\cdots)pϕν+1​≤σ(α)pϕν​+η(α)ϕub​(⋯) (Proposition 4.1); the bound of ∥dν∥2\|d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2 by pϕνp_\phi^\nupϕν​ and ∥yϕ,⊥ν∥2\|y^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2∥yϕ,⊥ν​∥2 (Proposition 4.3).

Significance

Theorem 4.5 gives a linear rate for distributed composite and constrained optimization over time-varying directed networks. Two features matter: the individual fif_ifi​ need not be strongly convex, and the surrogates cover proximal-gradient steps, DANE-type local solves and mirror-descent steps under one analysis. The rate depends on the surrogate-mismatch constants DiD_iDi​, which is the mechanism by which the paper shows that local computation helps when the fif_ifi​ are similar.

The result is proved in the paper; the proof of Theorem 4.5 refers to the undirected argument, and several of its supporting statements (Propositions 4.1 and 4.3) have their proofs omitted or relegated to the supplement, with consensus estimates quoted from Scutari & Sun (2019). To our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. A formalization produces a checked proof of the directed result together with reusable statements about push-sum weights over BBB-strongly connected digraphs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to repeat the undirected proof with weighted averages. Two steps fail. First, the ϕ\phiϕ-weighted average is not the minimiser of ∑i∥xi−c∥2\sum_i\|x_i-c\|^2∑i​∥xi​−c∥2, so consensus errors measured against it lose a constant (the 8 in Lemma I.3 instead of 4), and every passage between weighted and unweighted sums needs the bounds ϕlb≤ϕiν≤ϕub\phi_{lb}\le\phi_i^\nu\le\phi_{ub}ϕlb​≤ϕiν​≤ϕub​, which rest on a product-of-matrices argument over windows of length (m−1)B(m-1)B(m−1)B. Second, the matrices change with ν\nuν, so there is no single contraction factor; geometric decay of the consensus errors holds only over windows, and the coupling between the optimality gap, the consensus errors and the step lengths must be closed by a small-gain argument whose constants are uniform over the run. The step-size threshold must not depend on the starting point.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); stacked vectors are Fin m → ℝ^d with the Euclidean norm ∥v∥2=∑i∥vi∥2\|v\|^2=\sum_i\|v_i\|^2∥v∥2=∑i​∥vi​∥2, never Lean's sup norm. The Hessian is the derivative of the gradient, and Loewner bounds are quadratic-form inequalities. Time is 0-based. A run is a relational predicate: x^iν\hat x_i^\nux^iν​ is some minimizer of the subproblem, whose existence the paper takes for granted; x⋆x^\starx⋆ is assumed to exist. The divisions by ϕiν+1\phi_i^{\nu+1}ϕiν+1​ appear as in the paper and are genuine, since Assumption E keeps the weights positive. fif_ifi​ is convex on K\mathcal KK and locally convex on O\mathcal OO (positive semidefinite Hessian; O\mathcal OO need not be convex), μ~i>0\tilde\mu_i>0μ~​i​>0, and Diℓ,DiuD^\ell_i,D^u_iDiℓ​,Diu​ are parameters: the statements hold for every valid choice. The graph sequence, BBB, cℓc_\ellcℓ​ and the matrices CνC^\nuCν come before αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ; the starting point and the run come after α\alphaα. The bounds on ϕ\phiϕ are stated for m≥2m\ge2m≥2 (the printed ϕub\phi_{ub}ϕub​ is 000 at m=1m=1m=1), and positivity of σ(α)\sigma(\alpha)σ(α) is claimed only when Dmx>0D_{\rm mx}>0Dmx​>0 or α<1\alpha<1α<1.

The following do not count as a formalization of the goal: an unsatisfiable run predicate (a sorry-free verification file exhibits a run satisfying every hypothesis), a αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ chosen after the run, the ϕ\phiϕ bounds or a contraction factor assumed in place of Assumptions B′ and E, and dropping the 1/ϕiν+11/\phi_i^{\nu+1}1/ϕiν+1​ normalisation.

Not posed: the explicit rate (Theorem III.1), the complexity corollaries, and the consensus estimates Lemma 4.2 and Proposition 4.4, whose constants c0,ρBc_0,\rho_Bc0​,ρB​ come from Scutari & Sun (2019) (as printed, c0c_0c0​ is negative). A complete development needs Taylor expansions with integral remainder along segments, first-order optimality for composite problems on convex sets, and products of column-stochastic matrices over strongly connected windows; the last is reusable for any push-sum method. Contributions to any milestone, and to the missing consensus estimates as auxiliary lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand, G. Scutari, Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient-tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation, arXiv:1905.02637v2, 2020; SIAM J. Optim. 32(2), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.02637v2
  • G. Scutari, Y. Sun, Distributed nonconvex constrained optimization over time-varying digraphs, Math. Program. 176, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-01357-w
  • P. Di Lorenzo, G. Scutari, NEXT: In-Network Nonconvex Optimization, IEEE Trans. Signal Inf. Process. Netw. 2(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1109/TSIPN.2016.2524588
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization over Time-Varying Graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27(4), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Distributed optimization over time-varying directed graphs, IEEE Trans. Autom. Control 60(3), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2014.2364096
  • D. Kempe, A. Dobra, J. Gehrke, Gossip-based computation of aggregate information, FOCS 2003. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2003.1238221
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryConvex OptimizationLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Quadratic Matrix Inequalities with Applications to Data-Based Control II: Matrix Finsler's Lemma — Z⁰ᵣ(N) ⊆ Zᵣ(M) iff M − αN ⪰ 0 for Some α ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

Finsler's lemma (P. Finsler, 1937) states that for symmetric matrices M,N∈SnM,N\in\mathbb S^nM,N∈Sn, the quadratic form x⊤Mxx^\top Mxx⊤Mx is positive on every nonzero xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0 if and only if M−αN>0M-\alpha N>0M−αN>0 for some real α\alphaα. Together with the S-lemma of Yakubovich it is one of the basic tools for converting a statement about all vectors satisfying a quadratic constraint into a single linear matrix inequality (LMI) in a multiplier, which can then be checked by semidefinite programming. Both results are used throughout robust control, where uncertainty is described by quadratic constraints.

In data-driven control the unknown object is a matrix, not a vector: the system matrices (A,B)(A,B)(A,B) consistent with noisy measurements form a set of the form

Zr(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ]⊤N[IZ]⩾0},\mathcal Z_r(N)=\Big\{Z\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}:\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top N\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0\Big\},Zr​(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ​]⊤N[IZ​]⩾0},

and a controller has to work for every element of such a set. H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising and H. L. Trentelman (arXiv:2203.12959, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2023) develop matrix-valued versions of the S-lemma and of Finsler's lemma for exactly this purpose. Their matrix S-lemma (Theorem 4.7) requires a Slater-type condition: NNN must have a positive eigenvalue. This mission concerns the complementary case in which NNN has no positive eigenvalue, where the inequality defining Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) degenerates into an equality and a Finsler-type statement is needed.

Setting

All matrices are real. For a symmetric matrix AAA, A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 (A>0A>0A>0) means positive semidefinite (definite); A⩽0A\leqslant0A⩽0 means −A⩾0-A\geqslant0−A⩾0. A†A^\daggerA† is the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse, the unique matrix XXX with AXA=AAXA=AAXA=A, XAX=XXAX=XXAX=X and AXAXAX, XAXAXA symmetric.

Fix integers q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 and r⩾0r\geqslant0r⩾0. A symmetric matrix M∈Sq+rM\in\mathbb S^{q+r}M∈Sq+r is partitioned as

M=[M11M12M21M22],M=\begin{bmatrix}M_{11}&M_{12}\\ M_{21}&M_{22}\end{bmatrix},M=[M11​M21​​M12​M22​​],

with M11M_{11}M11​ of size q×qq\times qq×q and M22M_{22}M22​ of size r×rr\times rr×r, and likewise NNN. For Z∈Rr×qZ\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}Z∈Rr×q write FM(Z):=[IZ]⊤M[IZ]∈SqF_M(Z):=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\in\mathbb S^qFM​(Z):=[IZ​]⊤M[IZ​]∈Sq, and define

Zr(M)={Z:FM(Z)⩾0},Zr0(N)={Z:FN(Z)=0}.\mathcal Z_r(M)=\{Z: F_M(Z)\geqslant0\},\qquad \mathcal Z_r^0(N)=\{Z: F_N(Z)=0\}.Zr​(M)={Z:FM​(Z)⩾0},Zr0​(N)={Z:FN​(Z)=0}.

The generalized Schur complement is M ∣ M22:=M11−M12M22†M21M\,|\,M_{22}:=M_{11}-M_{12}M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}M∣M22​:=M11​−M12​M22†​M21​, and the class Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​ consists of the symmetric MMM with M22⩽0M_{22}\leqslant0M22​⩽0, M ∣ M22⩾0M\,|\,M_{22}\geqslant0M∣M22​⩾0 and ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​. For N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​, the condition N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 is equivalent to NNN having no positive eigenvalue; then Zr(N)=Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)=\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr​(N)=Zr0​(N). Finally, set

Θ:=[I−N22†N21]⊤M[I−N22†N21]=FM(−N22†N21).(4.4)\Theta:=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}=F_M(-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}).\qquad(4.4)Θ:=[I−N22†​N21​​]⊤M[I−N22†​N21​​]=FM​(−N22†​N21​).(4.4)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.8 (Matrix Finsler's lemma), p. 12

First, if M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0 for some α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R, then Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M). Second, if M,N∈Πq,rM,N\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}M,N∈Πq,r​, N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 and ker⁡Θ⊆ker⁡(M ∣ M22)\ker\Theta\subseteq\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})kerΘ⊆ker(M∣M22​), then

Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)  ⟺  ∃ α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)\iff\exists\,\alpha\geqslant0:\ M-\alpha N\geqslant0 .Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M)⟺∃α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 4.8, pp. 12–13)

  1. If Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M), then ker⁡N22⊆ker⁡M22\ker N_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{22}kerN22​⊆kerM22​.
  2. With T:=[I0−N22†N21I]T:=\begin{bmatrix}I&0\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&I\end{bmatrix}T:=[I−N22†​N21​​0I​], T⊤NT=diag⁡(0,N22)T^\top NT=\operatorname{diag}(0,N_{22})T⊤NT=diag(0,N22​) and
T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM12−N12N22†M22M21−M22N22†N21M22−αN22].(4.6)T^\top(M-\alpha N)T=\begin{bmatrix}\Theta&M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22}\\ M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}\end{bmatrix}.\qquad(4.6)T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM21​−M22​N22†​N21​​M12​−N12​N22†​M22​M22​−αN22​​].(4.6)
  1. If ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​, then with D:=M22†M21−N22†N21D:=M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}D:=M22†​M21​−N22†​N21​, Θ=M ∣ M22+D⊤M22D\Theta=M\,|\,M_{22}+D^\top M_{22}DΘ=M∣M22​+D⊤M22​D and M22D=M21−M22N22†N21M_{22}D=M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}M22​D=M21​−M22​N22†​N21​ (4.7a–b).
  2. Θ⩾0\Theta\geqslant0Θ⩾0 and ker⁡(M ∣ M22)=ker⁡Θ∩ker⁡(M21−M22N22†N21)\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})=\ker\Theta\cap\ker(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})ker(M∣M22​)=kerΘ∩ker(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​).
  3. T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0T^\top(M-\alpha N)T\geqslant0T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0 if and only if
M22−αN22−(M21−M22N22†N21) Θ† (M12−N12N22†M22)⩾0.(4.8)M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}-(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})\,\Theta^\dagger\,(M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22})\geqslant0.\qquad(4.8)M22​−αN22​−(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​)Θ†(M12​−N12​N22†​M22​)⩾0.(4.8)
  1. Some α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 satisfies (4.8), and then M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0.

A companion item formalizes Example 4.9 (p. 13): for N=[−111−1]N=\begin{bmatrix}-1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}N=[−11​1−1​] and M=[100−1]M=\begin{bmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{bmatrix}M=[10​0−1​] all hypotheses except the one on Θ\ThetaΘ hold, the inclusion holds, and no α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 works.

Significance

The theorem turns an inclusion between two sets of matrices, a statement quantified over infinitely many ZZZ, into feasibility of a scalar-multiplier LMI. In the paper it is one of four matrix S-lemma variants (Theorems 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11) that together cover the cases arising in data-based control: whether the data-consistent set Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) has a Slater point, and whether the conclusion is non-strict or strict. Theorem 4.8 is the variant for noise models whose quadratic description has no interior, for instance exact equality constraints on the noise. Example 4.9 shows that the kernel hypothesis on Θ\ThetaΘ is genuinely needed, so the statement marks the boundary of when the lossless reduction holds.

The paper gives a complete proof. No machine-checked proof of this theorem, of the matrix S-lemma, or of Finsler's lemma in matrix form is known to exist, in Lean or elsewhere. Formalizing it produces reusable infrastructure: the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse of real matrices with its Penrose identities, the generalized Schur complement criterion for positive semidefiniteness of a block matrix, and congruence manipulations of 2×22\times22×2 block matrices, none of which is currently in Mathlib in this form.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is a one-line computation. For the "only if" direction the classical vector Finsler lemma is not directly applicable: it concerns vectors xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0, while the hypothesis here only controls matrices ZZZ with FN(Z)=0F_N(Z)=0FN​(Z)=0, which is a much smaller family when q>1q>1q>1, and the conclusion is non-strict. The natural first idea, applying the vector S-lemma, fails because NNN has no positive eigenvalue, so its Slater condition is violated. Instead one must exploit the structure of Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​: the pseudo-inverse appears because N22N_{22}N22​ and M22M_{22}M22​ are typically singular, and every manipulation must track kernels and ranges exactly.

Formalization scope

The blocks are indexed by arbitrary finite types ι (size qqq) and κ (size rrr); a matrix in Sq+r\mathbb S^{q+r}Sq+r is Matrix (ι ⊕ κ) (ι ⊕ κ) ℝ, its blocks are toBlocks₁₁ etc., and Rr×q\mathbb R^{r\times q}Rr×q is Matrix κ ι ℝ. A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 is Mathlib's PosSemidef, which includes symmetry. The pseudo-inverse is defined by Hilbert's choice among matrices satisfying the four Penrose conditions; since such a matrix exists and is unique, this is the pseudo-inverse and not a junk value. Kernel inclusions are stated with matrix–vector products.

One hypothesis is added and disclosed: q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 (Nonempty ι) in the second statement of Theorem 4.8 and in the milestones that need it. The proof picks a nonzero vector of Rq\mathbb R^qRq, and at q=0q=0q=0 the equivalence is false (r=1r=1r=1, N=[0]N=[0]N=[0], M=[−1]M=[-1]M=[−1]). The first statement keeps a real multiplier of any sign; the second requires α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0, as printed. The hypothesis N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 together with N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​ makes Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) nonempty, so the inclusion is never vacuous; a formalization in which Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) could be empty, or in which N22†N_{22}^\daggerN22†​ were replaced by the inverse (which is 000 on singular blocks in Lean), would not be this theorem.

Needed infrastructure: existence and uniqueness of the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse (needed to work with the definition at all), symmetry of A†A^\daggerA† for symmetric AAA, the generalized Schur complement criterion for [ABB⊤C]⩾0\begin{bmatrix}A&B\\B^\top&C\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0[AB⊤​BC​]⩾0, and positive semidefiniteness under congruence by an invertible matrix. These lemmas are reusable beyond this mission and contributions of them are welcome, as are proofs of the companion Example 4.9.

Selected references

  • H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, Quadratic matrix inequalities with applications to data-based control, SIAM J. Control Optim., 2023; preprint arXiv:2203.12959v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12959
  • P. Finsler, Über das Vorkommen definiter und semidefiniter Formen in Scharen quadratischer Formen, Comment. Math. Helv. 9 (1937), 188–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01258188
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007), 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • H. J. van Waarde, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, M. K. Camlibel, Data informativity: a new perspective on data-driven analysis and control, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 65 (2020), 4753–4768. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2020.2966717
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Shortest Paths in Graphs of Convex Sets I: The Perspective Mixed-Integer Convex Program (5.5) Has the Same Optimal Value as the Shortest-Path Problem in a Graph of Convex SetsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many planning problems combine a discrete choice with a continuous one. A robot moving through a cluttered room chooses which free regions to traverse and where exactly to cross between them; a vehicle chooses a sequence of operating modes and a trajectory within each mode. Marcucci, Umenberger, Parrilo and Tedrake (arXiv:2101.11565, SIAM J. Optim. 2024, doi:10.1137/22M1523790) abstract this as the shortest-path problem in a graph of convex sets (SPP in GCS): a shortest-path problem in which each vertex is not a point but a convex set, and the length of an edge depends on where in its two sets the path enters and leaves. The paper shows that the problem is NP-hard even in simple cases, and then gives a mixed-integer convex formulation that is exact and whose convex relaxation is strong in practice. That formulation underlies the GCS motion planners developed later by the same group.

Setting

A graph of convex sets consists of a finite directed graph G=(V,E)G = (\mathcal V, \mathcal E)G=(V,E), a source vertex sss, a target vertex t≠st \neq st=s, a nonempty compact convex set Xv⊆Rn\mathcal X_v \subseteq \mathbb R^nXv​⊆Rn for each vertex vvv, and for each edge e=(u,v)e = (u,v)e=(u,v) an edge length ℓe:Rn×Rn→R≥0∪{∞}\ell_e : \mathbb R^n \times \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb R_{\ge 0}\cup\{\infty\}ℓe​:Rn×Rn→R≥0​∪{∞}, which is proper, closed and convex. No symmetry or triangle inequality is assumed. An sss-ttt path is a sequence p=(v0,…,vK)p = (v_0,\dots,v_K)p=(v0​,…,vK​) of distinct vertices with v0=sv_0 = sv0​=s, vK=tv_K = tvK​=t and (vk,vk+1)∈E(v_k, v_{k+1}) \in \mathcal E(vk​,vk+1​)∈E; Ep\mathcal E_pEp​ is the set of its edges. The SPP in GCS (2.1) is

SPP⁡(G):=inf⁡{∑e=(u,v)∈Epℓe(xu,xv):p an s-t path, xv∈Xv for v∈p}.\operatorname{SPP}(G) := \inf\Big\{ \sum_{e=(u,v)\in\mathcal E_p} \ell_e(x_u,x_v) : p \text{ an } s\text{-}t\text{ path},\ x_v \in \mathcal X_v \text{ for } v \in p \Big\}.SPP(G):=inf{e=(u,v)∈Ep​∑​ℓe​(xu​,xv​):p an s-t path, xv​∈Xv​ for v∈p}.

The perspective of a set X\mathcal XX is the closed cone X~:=cl⁡{(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}\tilde{\mathcal X} := \operatorname{cl}\{(x,\lambda) : \lambda \ge 0,\ x \in \lambda\mathcal X\}X~:=cl{(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX} (Definition 4.1). The perspective of a function fff is f~(x,λ):=inf⁡{σ:(x,σ,λ)∈epi⁡f~}\tilde f(x,\lambda) := \inf\{\sigma : (x,\sigma,\lambda) \in \widetilde{\operatorname{epi} f}\}f~​(x,λ):=inf{σ:(x,σ,λ)∈epif​}, the function whose epigraph is the perspective of the epigraph of fff (Definition 4.4). For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 it equals λf(x/λ)\lambda f(x/\lambda)λf(x/λ).

With Evin\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_vEvin​ and Evout\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_vEvout​ the edges entering and leaving vvv, the MICP (5.5) has a flow ye∈{0,1}y_e \in \{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1} and two vectors ze,ze′∈Rnz_e, z'_e \in \mathbb R^nze​,ze′​∈Rn per edge:

minimize ∑e∈Eℓ~e(ze,ze′,ye)s.t. ∑Esoutye=1, ∑Etinye=1,  ∑Evoutye≤1,  ∑Evin(ze′,ye)=∑Evout(ze,ye)  (v≠s,t),(ze,ye)∈X~u, (ze′,ye)∈X~v, ye∈{0,1}  (e=(u,v)∈E).\begin{aligned} \text{minimize}\ & \textstyle\sum_{e\in\mathcal E}\tilde\ell_e(z_e,z'_e,y_e)\\ \text{s.t.}\ & \textstyle\sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_s} y_e = 1,\ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_t} y_e = 1,\ \ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v} y_e \le 1,\ \ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_v}(z'_e,y_e) = \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v}(z_e,y_e)\ \ (v\ne s,t),\\ & (z_e,y_e)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_u,\ (z'_e,y_e)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_v,\ y_e\in\{0,1\}\ \ (e=(u,v)\in\mathcal E). \end{aligned}minimize s.t. ​∑e∈E​ℓ~e​(ze​,ze′​,ye​)∑Esout​​ye​=1, ∑Etin​​ye​=1,  ∑Evout​​ye​≤1,  ∑Evin​​(ze′​,ye​)=∑Evout​​(ze​,ye​)  (v=s,t),(ze​,ye​)∈X~u​, (ze′​,ye​)∈X~v​, ye​∈{0,1}  (e=(u,v)∈E).​

Its optimal value is MICP⁡(G)\operatorname{MICP}(G)MICP(G). The paper derives (5.5) from a biconvex program (5.2), the shortest-path LP (5.1) together with vertex positions xv∈Xvx_v \in \mathcal X_vxv​∈Xv​ and the bilinear constraints ze=yexuz_e = y_e x_uze​=ye​xu​, ze′=yexvz'_e = y_e x_vze′​=ye​xv​. Lemma 5.4 turns every valid linear inequality on the flows at a vertex into a valid perspective constraint.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (p. 10)

Under the standing assumptions of §2 and the assumption of p. 7 that no edge enters sss and no edge leaves ttt,

MICP⁡(G)=SPP⁡(G).\operatorname{MICP}(G) = \operatorname{SPP}(G).MICP(G)=SPP(G).

Both sides are infima in the extended reals and equal +∞+\infty+∞ when there is no sss-ttt path.

Milestones

  1. Remark 4.2 (p. 5): for bounded closed X\mathcal XX, X~={(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}\tilde{\mathcal X} = \{(x,\lambda): \lambda\ge0,\ x\in\lambda\mathcal X\}X~={(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}.
  2. Remark 4.5 (p. 6): f~(x,λ)=λf(x/λ)\tilde f(x,\lambda) = \lambda f(x/\lambda)f~​(x,λ)=λf(x/λ) for λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, f~=∞\tilde f = \inftyf~​=∞ for λ<0\lambda<0λ<0, f~(0,0)=0\tilde f(0,0)=0f~​(0,0)=0 for proper closed convex fff.
  3. Lemma 5.4 (p. 9): a valid inequality ∑e∈Evceye+d≥0\sum_{e\in\mathcal E_v} c_e y_e + d \ge 0∑e∈Ev​​ce​ye​+d≥0 for (5.2) lifts to the valid constraint (∑Evinceze′+∑Evoutceze+dxv, ∑Evceye+d)∈X~v\big(\sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_v} c_e z'_e + \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v} c_e z_e + d x_v,\ \sum_{\mathcal E_v} c_e y_e + d\big)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_v(∑Evin​​ce​ze′​+∑Evout​​ce​ze​+dxv​, ∑Ev​​ce​ye​+d)∈X~v​.
  4. Remark 5.5 (p. 9): the equality version of Lemma 5.4.
  5. Path and cycles (proof of Theorem 5.7): binary flows satisfying (5.5b)–(5.5d) form the vertex-disjoint union of an sss-ttt path and cycles.
  6. Simplification of (5.5e) (proof of Theorem 5.7): ye=0y_e = 0ye​=0 forces ze=ze′=0z_e = z'_e = 0ze​=ze′​=0 at cost 000; ye=1y_e = 1ye​=1 forces ze∈Xuz_e\in\mathcal X_uze​∈Xu​, ze′∈Xvz'_e\in\mathcal X_vze′​∈Xv​ at cost ℓe(ze,ze′)\ell_e(z_e,z'_e)ℓe​(ze​,ze′​).
  7. Flow along the path (proof of Theorem 5.7): for consecutive path edges e,fe, fe,f, ze′=zfz'_e = z_fze′​=zf​.

A companion item states the recovery part of Theorem 5.7 (second and third sentences): an optimal MICP solution yields an optimal path and optimal positions xu=zex_u = z_exu​=ze​, xv=ze′x_v = z'_exv​=ze′​.

Significance

Theorem 5.7 is what makes (5.5) usable: it says that the mixed-integer program, whose only nonconvexity is ye∈{0,1}y_e\in\{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1}, solves the SPP in GCS exactly. The SPP in GCS is NP-hard by Theorem 3.1, so exactness is the most one can ask of a polynomial-size formulation, and dropping integrality gives a convex program whose value is a lower bound for branch and bound. The perspective construction of Lemma 5.4 is a general recipe, closely related to the reformulation-linearization technique, for convexifying products of flows and positions.

On the formal side, the paper's proof is half a page and leaves several points to the reader: why the integer flows decompose into a path and cycles, why the closure in the perspective cone disappears for compact sets, and why the perspective function vanishes at the origin. A machine-checked proof makes these steps explicit. The result has not been formalized before, and the mission also produces reusable statements about perspectives of sets and functions in extended-real arithmetic and about the decomposition of unit sss-ttt flows with degree bounds.

Difficulty

The inequality MICP⁡(G)≤SPP⁡(G)\operatorname{MICP}(G) \le \operatorname{SPP}(G)MICP(G)≤SPP(G) is the routine half: a path and its positions give a feasible point of (5.5) of the same cost. The other half requires reading a path out of an arbitrary feasible point. Integer flows satisfying (5.5b)–(5.5d) need not be a path: they may also contain disjoint cycles, and the degree constraint (5.5c) is what prevents a cycle from sharing a vertex with the path (Example 5.10 shows the value drops without it). The cost of a cycle must be shown to be nonnegative, and the perspective constraints must be shown to collapse to ze=ze′=0z_e = z'_e = 0ze​=ze′​=0 on zero-flow edges. That step uses compactness of Xv\mathcal X_vXv​. For unbounded sets the zero slice of X~v\tilde{\mathcal X}_vX~v​ is the recession cone, and the argument fails. The cost at zero flow is ℓ~e(0,0,0)\tilde\ell_e(0,0,0)ℓ~e​(0,0,0), defined by a closure, and its value 000 uses properness and convexity of ℓe\ell_eℓe​, not just the formula λℓe(⋅/λ)\lambda\ell_e(\cdot/\lambda)λℓe​(⋅/λ).

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is Fin n → ℝ. Edge lengths and all optimal values are EReal; optimal values are infima (⨅/sInf), equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty feasible set. Attainment is not assumed.
  • The graph is a structure with a finite edge set E : Finset (V × V) over a finite vertex type, a source, a target, sets X v and lengths ℓ e. The standing assumptions of §2 (s≠ts\ne ts=t; Xv\mathcal X_vXv​ nonempty, compact, convex; ℓe≥0\ell_e \ge 0ℓe​≥0 proper closed convex) are the predicate IsGCS. The assumption ∣Esin∣=∣Etout∣=0|\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_s| = |\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_t| = 0∣Esin​∣=∣Etout​∣=0 of p. 7 is the separate predicate NoInSNoOutT, a hypothesis of the goal, of the path-and-cycles milestone and of the recovery item.
  • Paths are duplicate-free vertex lists from sss to ttt along edges; Ep\mathcal E_pEp​ is the list of consecutive pairs.
  • The perspective of a function is Definition 4.4's infimum over the closed perspective cone of the epigraph. The formula λf(x/λ)\lambda f(x/\lambda)λf(x/λ) is not used as a definition: in Lean it would evaluate to 000 at λ=0\lambda = 0λ=0 for every argument and erase the content of (5.5e). The integrality constraint ye∈{0,1}y_e \in\{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1} is part of the feasible set; without it the goal is false (§9.4 reports relaxation gaps).
  • Disclosed additions: Lemma 5.4 and Remark 5.5 assume no self-loop at vvv, which the page's partition of Ev\mathcal E_vEv​ into incoming and outgoing edges presupposes. The recovery item takes the sss-ttt path contained in {e:ye=1}\{e : y_e = 1\}{e:ye​=1}, since the page's claim that this set is itself a path fails when an optimal solution carries a zero-length cycle.
  • Needed infrastructure: closures of cones over compact sets, extended-real infima, and the combinatorics of unit flows on finite digraphs. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on perspectives, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Marcucci, J. Umenberger, P. A. Parrilo, R. Tedrake, Shortest Paths in Graphs of Convex Sets, SIAM Journal on Optimization 34(1), 2024; arXiv:2101.11565v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/2101.11565
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (perspectives and recession cones, §8). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • R. K. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin, Network Flows: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications, Prentice Hall, 1993 (flow decomposition, shortest-path LP).
  • T. Marcucci, M. Petersen, D. von Wrangel, R. Tedrake, Motion Planning around Obstacles with Convex Optimization, Science Robotics 8(84), 2023. https://doi.org/10.1126/scirobotics.adf7843
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements II: Average-Loss Bound for Batch-Adjusted DPCResearch Paper

Motivation

Hotel rooms, rental cars, cloud servers, operating rooms and rental equipment are reusable resources: a customer occupies capacity for a fixed service time, and the capacity returns to the firm afterwards. Many of these settings also allow advance reservation, where a request made today is for a service that starts later. Lei and Jasin study dynamic pricing in this setting. Prices are posted period by period, demand is non-stationary, and the firm wants revenue close to the best achievable while never booking more units than it owns.

Classical network revenue management, where capacity is sold once and never returns, has an extensive asymptotic theory. In that literature, controls that re-solve or adjust a fluid (deterministic) plan are known to lose a vanishing fraction of the optimal revenue as demand and capacity grow (Gallego and van Ryzin 1997; Jasin 2014). Reusable resources break the standard argument, because each sale removes capacity for a window of time and not for the rest of the horizon. Lei and Jasin give the first control for reusable resources with non-stationary arrivals, deterministic service times and advance reservation whose average loss is o(θ−1/2)o(\theta^{-1/2})o(θ−1/2) in the scale parameter θ\thetaθ (Lei and Jasin, Operations Research 2020).

Setting

A firm manages III resource types with integer capacities Ci≥1C_i \ge 1Ci​≥1 and sells K≥1K \ge 1K≥1 service types over periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. At most one request arrives per period. A type-kkk request made at the beginning of period ttt uses aik∈{0,1}a_{ik} \in \{0,1\}aik​∈{0,1} units of resource iii during periods t+ℓk,…,t+ℓk+nk−1t+\ell_k, \dots, t+\ell_k+n_k-1t+ℓk​,…,t+ℓk​+nk​−1. Here nkn_knk​ is the service time and ℓk\ell_kℓk​ the reservation lead time.

In each period the firm chooses a demand-rate vector λt∈Ωλ=[0,λU]K\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda = [0,\lambda_U]^Kλt∈Ωλ​=[0,λU​]K, which is equivalent to choosing prices. A type-kkk request then arrives with probability λkt\lambda^t_kλkt​, independently of the past given λt\lambda^tλt, and the expected revenue rate is rt(λt)r^t(\lambda^t)rt(λt). The deterministic relaxation DET-H maximizes ∑t=1Trt(λt)\sum_{t=1}^T r^t(\lambda^t)∑t=1T​rt(λt) over λt∈Ωλ\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambdaλt∈Ωλ​, subject to

∑k=1K∑s : s+ℓk≤t≤s+ℓk+nk−1aikλks≤Cifor every resource i and period t≤T.\sum_{k=1}^K \sum_{s \,:\, s+\ell_k \le t \le s+\ell_k+n_k-1} a_{ik}\lambda^s_k \le C_i \qquad \text{for every resource } i \text{ and period } t \le T.k=1∑K​s:s+ℓk​≤t≤s+ℓk​+nk​−1∑​aik​λks​≤Ci​for every resource i and period t≤T.

Its optimal value JHDJ^D_HJHD​ bounds the optimal expected revenue, and the average loss of a control π\piπ is L(π)=(JHD−E[Rπ])/T\mathcal{L}(\pi) = (J^D_H - \mathbf{E}[R^\pi])/TL(π)=(JHD​−E[Rπ])/T. Let λD\lambda^DλD be an optimal solution of DET-H. The quantity n‾k\underline{n}_kn​k​ is the smallest number of periods with λkt,D>0\lambda^{t,D}_k > 0λkt,D​>0 inside any service cycle of type kkk that carries positive demand.

The control DPC-B(m,ϵ)(m,\epsilon)(m,ϵ) splits the horizon, for each type kkk, into adjacent batches Tkb\mathcal{T}_k^bTkb​, each with mkm_kmk​ positive-rate periods. In period ttt it posts

λkt=Proj[0,λU][λkt,D−(ϵkn‾k+1mk∑s∈Tkβk(t)−1(Dks−λks))1{λkt,D>0}],\lambda^t_k = \mathrm{Proj}_{[0,\lambda_U]}\Bigl[\lambda^{t,D}_k - \Bigl(\frac{\epsilon_k}{\underline{n}_k} + \frac{1}{m_k}\sum_{s \in \mathcal{T}_k^{\beta_k(t)-1}} (D^s_k - \lambda^s_k)\Bigr)\mathbf{1}\{\lambda^{t,D}_k > 0\}\Bigr],λkt​=Proj[0,λU​]​[λkt,D​−(n​k​ϵk​​+mk​1​s∈Tkβk​(t)−1​∑​(Dks​−λks​))1{λkt,D​>0}],

where βk(t)\beta_k(t)βk​(t) is the batch containing ttt. The rate is set to 000 when fewer than aika_{ik}aik​ units of some resource iii are free at the service start t+ℓkt+\ell_kt+ℓk​. The buffer ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​ protects capacity, and the batch term corrects for the demand surprises of the previous batch.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, display (8)

There is a constant M3>0M_3>0M3​>0, depending only on KKK, the curvature constant Ψ\PsiΨ of Assumption A5 and a bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣, such that for every instance, every valid batch partition with mk≤n‾km_k \le \underline{n}_kmk​≤n​k​ and every ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​ in the stated range,

L(DPC-B(m,ϵ))≤M3∑k=1K[ϵkn‾k+1mk+Tmkexp⁡{−(min⁡jϵj−1)2256K2min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}}].\mathcal{L}(\text{DPC-B}(m,\epsilon)) \le M_3 \sum_{k=1}^K \Bigl[\frac{\epsilon_k}{\underline{n}_k} + \frac{1}{m_k} + \frac{T}{m_k}\exp\Bigl\{-\frac{(\min_j\epsilon_j-1)^2}{256K^2\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}}\Bigr\}\Bigr].L(DPC-B(m,ϵ))≤M3​k=1∑K​[n​k​ϵk​​+mk​1​+mk​T​exp{−256K2min{maxi​Ci​,mk​}(minj​ϵj​−1)2​}].

The constant is uniform in TTT, CCC, nkn_knk​, ℓk\ell_kℓk​, mkm_kmk​ and ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​, which is what makes the bound informative.

Milestones

  1. Lemma EC.3: on the good event G(ϵ,m,δ)\mathcal{G}(\epsilon,m,\delta)G(ϵ,m,δ), the free capacity satisfies Ct⪰eC^t \succeq eCt⪰e and the corrected rates stay inside (0,λU)(0,\lambda_U)(0,λU​).
  2. (EC.22): on G\mathcal{G}G, the posted rate equals the unprojected corrected rate.
  3. Lemma EC.4, as proved in (EC.23): P(Gˉ)≤∑k4Tmkexp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}γk2−min⁡jϵj−18Kγk}\mathbf{P}(\bar{\mathcal{G}}) \le \sum_k \frac{4T}{m_k}\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}\gamma_k^2 - \frac{\min_j\epsilon_j-1}{8K}\gamma_k\}P(Gˉ​)≤∑k​mk​4T​exp{min{maxi​Ci​,mk​}γk2​−8Kminj​ϵj​−1​γk​} for all γk∈(0,1]\gamma_k \in (0,1]γk​∈(0,1].
  4. E[(∑s∈TkbΔks)2]≤mk\mathbf{E}[(\sum_{s\in\mathcal{T}_k^b}\Delta^s_k)^2] \le m_kE[(∑s∈Tkb​​Δks​)2]≤mk​ for every batch.
  5. E([∇rt(λt,D)]⊤(ηδt⊙ηet))=0\mathbf{E}([\nabla r^t(\lambda^{t,D})]^\top(\eta^t_\delta\odot\eta^t_e)) = 0E([∇rt(λt,D)]⊤(ηδt​⊙ηet​))=0.

A companion item states Lemma 2 in this setting: stretching λD\lambda^DλD in time solves DET-H for the θ\thetaθ-th system of display (7).

Significance

Along the scaling (7), Theorem 3 with mk≈n‾k2/3m_k \approx \underline{n}_k^{2/3}mk​≈n​k2/3​ gives an average loss of O(θ−2/3log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-2/3}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−2/3log1/2θ). The non-adaptive control DPC of the same paper achieves O(θ−1/2log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-1/2}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−1/2log1/2θ) (its Theorem 1). The result shows that batch-level feedback improves on the square-root barrier for reusable resources, and it does so with heterogeneous service times and advance reservation, which cover car rental and hotel bookings.

Theorem 3 and its lemmas are proved in the paper's e-companion. No machine-checked proof of them, and no formal model of reusable-resource revenue management, is known. The mission produces a Lean model of the setting: capacity windows with lead times, the availability table C~(t,s)\tilde C(t,s)C~(t,s), an adapted control on finite sample paths, and its exact path law. On top of that model it states the paper's main bound in full. Several printed steps need repair (see the scope section), so a formal proof would also settle the exact constants.

Difficulty

The obvious route bounds each period's loss by a Taylor expansion around λt,D\lambda^{t,D}λt,D and controls the deviations by a martingale inequality. That route needs the control to coincide with the unprojected corrected rate for the whole horizon, that is, no capacity shortfall and no clipping. Capacity is a moving window of overlapping services with different lengths and lead times, so a shortfall at one period depends on requests made up to nk+ℓkn_k+\ell_knk​+ℓk​ periods earlier, in other batches and other types. The batch correction makes the rates depend on past errors, so the errors are martingale differences, not independent variables. The concentration bound must hold uniformly over batches whose number grows with TTT, with a variance proxy min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}min{maxi​Ci​,mk​} that is not the batch length. The early periods, before any service of type kkk has completed, need a separate threshold (the two cases of (EC.17)).

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in the namespace ReusablePricing.DPCB. The conventions are fixed as follows.

  • Periods are 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T. A sample path is a function Fin T → Option (Fin K), recording no request or one request of a type in each period. Expectations are finite sums against the exact path law: the product over periods of the one-period law, whose probabilities are the rates posted given the past. The demand law is never left as a hypothesis.
  • Decisions are rates. A turn-off is rate 000. Prices and A1–A3 do not appear. The bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣ over Ωλ\Omega_\lambdaΩλ​ replaces the proofs' rur^uru. KλU≤1K\lambda_U \le 1KλU​≤1 is assumed, as implied by at most one request per period.
  • Capacity windows are empty for t≤ℓkt \le \ell_kt≤ℓk​. Ct=C~(t,t)C^t = \tilde C(t,t)Ct=C~(t,t), and C~\tilde CC~ is defined by its defining sentence on p. 18, not by the update rule of Step 2a, whose indices do not match its own explanation. Admission is tested for services starting within the horizon.
  • n‾\underline{n}n​ in (EC.17) is min⁡kn‾k\min_k\underline{n}_kmink​n​k​. The events of (EC.16) are read over the batches Tkb\mathcal{T}_k^bTkb​. Statements "on G\mathcal{G}G" are made on paths of positive probability.
  • Lemma EC.4 is stated with the 8K8K8K that its proof establishes, not the printed 4K4K4K.
  • Goal statements carry every standing hypothesis of Section 6: optimality of λD\lambda^DλD, the convention λkt,D∈{0}∪(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_k\in\{0\}\cup(0,\lambda_U)λkt,D​∈{0}∪(0,λU​), A4, A5, and the existence of a demand-carrying cycle for every type, which n‾k\underline{n}_kn​k​ presupposes. The sanity check exhibits instances, with and without lead time, where all hypotheses of Theorem 3 hold and the ϵ\epsilonϵ-range is nonempty.

The constant M3M_3M3​ is quantified before the instance, after only KKK, Ψ\PsiΨ and RRR. Choosing it after the instance would make the bound trivial, because the loss never exceeds 2R2R2R.

A complete development needs Freedman- or Doob-type inequalities for bounded martingale differences on finite path spaces, second-order Taylor bounds for C2C^2C2 functions on boxes in RK\mathbb{R}^KRK, and window-counting lemmas for capacity. The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of the milestones, of general martingale tools for finite adapted processes, or of a proof of the companion Lemma 2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Lei and S. Jasin, Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements, Operations Research, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1906 (author manuscript: SSRN 2816718, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2816718)
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, A Multiproduct Dynamic Pricing Problem and Its Applications to Network Yield Management, Operations Research 45(1), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • S. Jasin, Reoptimization and Self-Adjusting Price Control for Network Revenue Management, Operations Research 62(5), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1276
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements I: Average-Loss Bound for Deterministic Price ControlResearch Paper

Motivation

Hotel rooms, rental cars, cloud servers, hospital beds and event spaces are reusable resources: a customer occupies a unit for a while and then returns it. Pricing them differs from classical revenue management, where a sold unit is gone for good. A sale now blocks capacity only for the length of the service, so the binding constraint is how many services overlap at once. Lei and Jasin (Oper. Res. 2020) study dynamic pricing in this setting with deterministic service times and, in the general model, advance reservations. They measure a pricing control by its average loss against a deterministic (fluid) benchmark.

The paper has two main results. Theorem 1 bounds the loss of a static heuristic, the Deterministic Price Control DPC(ϵ\epsilonϵ). Theorem 3 bounds the loss of an adaptive variant and is treated in the companion mission (II). This mission formalizes Theorem 1, the lemmas its proof rests on (Lemmas EC.1–EC.2 and the displays (EC.14), (EC.15) of the e-companion), and two structural lemmas of the model: the fluid upper bound J∗≤JDJ^* \le J^DJ∗≤JD (Lemma 1) and the scaling of the fluid solution (Lemma 2).

Setting

A firm manages III resource types with integer capacities C=(Ci)⪰eC = (C_i) \succeq eC=(Ci​)⪰e and offers JJJ service types over periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. At most one request arrives per period. A type-jjj request uses aij∈{0,1}a_{ij} \in \{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} units of resource iii for nnn consecutive periods (a service cycle), and nnn divides TTT.

The firm posts a demand-rate vector λt∈Ωλ=[0,λU]J\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda = [0,\lambda_U]^Jλt∈Ωλ​=[0,λU​]J with λU≤1\lambda_U \le 1λU​≤1. A type-jjj request then arrives with probability λjt\lambda^t_jλjt​, independently of earlier periods given the posted rates, and the firm earns the revenue rate rt(λt)r^t(\lambda^t)rt(λt). Writing Djs∈{0,1}D^s_j \in \{0,1\}Djs​∈{0,1} for realized arrivals and (x)+=max⁡{1,x}(x)^+ = \max\{1,x\}(x)+=max{1,x}, the capacity free at the beginning of period ttt is

Ct=C−∑s=(t−n+1)+t−1ADs.C^t = C - \sum_{s=(t-n+1)^+}^{t-1} A D^s .Ct=C−s=(t−n+1)+∑t−1​ADs.

The deterministic relaxation is

DET:JD=max⁡{∑t=1Trt(λt):λt∈Ωλ, ∑s=(t−n+1)+tAλs⪯C  ∀t≤T},\mathbf{DET}:\quad J^D = \max\Big\{\sum_{t=1}^T r^t(\lambda^t) : \lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda,\ \sum_{s=(t-n+1)^+}^{t} A\lambda^s \preceq C \ \ \forall t \le T\Big\},DET:JD=max{t=1∑T​rt(λt):λt∈Ωλ​, s=(t−n+1)+∑t​Aλs⪯C  ∀t≤T},

with optimal solution λD=(λt,D)\lambda^D = (\lambda^{t,D})λD=(λt,D). The revenue rates are strictly concave, bounded by RRR in absolute value, and have interior maximizers (A4). Near λt,D\lambda^{t,D}λt,D their gradients and Hessians are bounded by Ψ\PsiΨ (A5, with margins φL,φU\varphi_L, \varphi_UφL​,φU​).

The quantity n‾\underline nn​ of display (2) is the smallest number of periods with λjs,D>0\lambda^{s,D}_j > 0λjs,D​>0 in any service cycle that carries positive demand for some type jjj.

DPC(ϵ\epsilonϵ) posts, in period ttt, the rate λjt,D−(ϵ/n‾)1{λjt,D>0}\lambda^{t,D}_j - (\epsilon/\underline n)\mathbf 1\{\lambda^{t,D}_j > 0\}λjt,D​−(ϵ/n​)1{λjt,D​>0}, clamped to [0,λU][0,\lambda_U][0,λU​], for every type jjj with Ct⪰AjC^t \succeq A^jCt⪰Aj. It turns off every other type (rate 000). The average loss of a control π\piπ is L(π)=(JD−E[Rπ])/T\mathcal L(\pi) = (J^D - \mathbf E[R^\pi])/TL(π)=(JD−E[Rπ])/T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

For ϵ∈(1,min⁡{min⁡{φL,φU}n‾, 6min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}+1}]\epsilon \in \big(1, \min\{\min\{\varphi_L,\varphi_U\}\underline n,\ 6\min\{\max_i C_i, n\} + 1\}\big]ϵ∈(1,min{min{φL​,φU​}n​, 6min{maxi​Ci​,n}+1}],

L(DPC(ϵ))≤M1[ϵn‾+Tnexp⁡{−(ϵ−1)236min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}}],\mathcal L(DPC(\epsilon)) \le M_1\Big[\frac{\epsilon}{\underline n} + \frac{T}{n}\exp\Big\{-\frac{(\epsilon-1)^2}{36\min\{\max_i C_i, n\}}\Big\}\Big],L(DPC(ϵ))≤M1​[n​ϵ​+nT​exp{−36min{maxi​Ci​,n}(ϵ−1)2​}],

with M1>0M_1 > 0M1​>0 depending only on JJJ, Ψ\PsiΨ and RRR, and not on TTT, CCC, nnn, ϵ\epsilonϵ or the other data.

Milestones (EC.3)

  1. Lemma EC.1. On the event G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ) that cumulative demand errors stay below δ=(n‾−1)(ϵ−1)/(3n‾)\delta = (\underline n-1)(\epsilon-1)/(3\underline n)δ=(n​−1)(ϵ−1)/(3n​) within every cycle, Ct⪰eC^t \succeq eCt⪰e and λjt,D−ϵ/n‾∈(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_j - \epsilon/\underline n \in (0,\lambda_U)λjt,D​−ϵ/n​∈(0,λU​).
  2. (EC.14). On G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ), DPC posts exactly λjt,D−(ϵ/n‾)1{λjt,D>0}\lambda^{t,D}_j - (\epsilon/\underline n)\mathbf 1\{\lambda^{t,D}_j>0\}λjt,D​−(ϵ/n​)1{λjt,D​>0}.
  3. (EC.15). E[exp⁡{±γ∑s∈cycle bΔjs}]≤exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2}\mathbf E[\exp\{\pm\gamma\sum_{s\in\text{cycle }b}\Delta^s_j\}] \le \exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2\}E[exp{±γ∑s∈cycle b​Δjs​}]≤exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2} for γ∈(0,1]\gamma \in (0,1]γ∈(0,1].
  4. Lemma EC.2. P(Gˉ(ϵ,δ))≤(2JT/n)exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2−δγ}\mathbf P(\bar{\mathcal G}(\epsilon,\delta)) \le (2JT/n)\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2 - \delta\gamma\}P(Gˉ​(ϵ,δ))≤(2JT/n)exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2−δγ}.
  5. Step 2. JD−E[RDPC(ϵ)]≤T(ΨJϵ/n‾+(4RJT/n)exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2−δγ})J^D - \mathbf E[R^{DPC(\epsilon)}] \le T\big(\Psi J\epsilon/\underline n + (4RJT/n)\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2 - \delta\gamma\}\big)JD−E[RDPC(ϵ)]≤T(ΨJϵ/n​+(4RJT/n)exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2−δγ}).

Companion statements: Lemma 1 (J∗≤JDJ^* \le J^DJ∗≤JD for every feasible non-anticipating control) and Lemma 2 (for integer θ≥1\theta \ge 1θ≥1, λ⌈t/θ⌉,D\lambda^{\lceil t/\theta\rceil,D}λ⌈t/θ⌉,D solves the DET of the θ\thetaθ-th system T(θ)=θTT^{(\theta)} = \theta TT(θ)=θT, C(θ)=θCC^{(\theta)} = \theta CC(θ)=θC, n(θ)=θnn^{(\theta)} = \theta nn(θ)=θn).

Significance

Along the scaling (1), choosing ϵ\epsilonϵ of order θlog⁡θ\sqrt{\theta\log\theta}θlogθ​ in Theorem 1 gives an average loss of O(θ−1/2log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-1/2}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−1/2log1/2θ). A control computed entirely before the selling horizon is therefore asymptotically optimal for reusable resources, with an explicit rate. This bound is the baseline against which the paper's adaptive control (Theorem 3, rate O(θ−2/3log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-2/3}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−2/3log1/2θ)) is measured.

The proof shows a pattern common to fluid-based revenue management: a high-probability event on which the heuristic follows the fluid plan exactly, a martingale maximal inequality bounding the complement, and a Taylor bound for the cost of the buffer. Reusable resources add one ingredient: capacity is checked over sliding windows of length nnn.

The results are proved on paper; none is machine-checked. The formalization would provide a checked version of the model (sliding-window capacity, at most one arrival per period, turn-off), of the high-probability analysis, and of the uniform constant. The printed proof has slips that a checked proof must repair. In particular, the exponent obtained by EC.3's choice of γ\gammaγ is −n‾−2n‾⋅(ϵ−1)236min⁡{⋅}-\frac{\underline n-2}{\underline n}\cdot\frac{(\epsilon-1)^2}{36\min\{\cdot\}}−n​n​−2​⋅36min{⋅}(ϵ−1)2​; it differs from the printed one by an amount that a larger M1M_1M1​ absorbs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says that DPC keeps an ϵ\epsilonϵ buffer, so it rarely runs out of capacity. The difficulty is that "rarely" has to hold uniformly over every sliding window of nnn periods. The rates DPC posts are themselves random, because a type is turned off whenever the realized free capacity is short.

Lemma EC.1 breaks this circularity by induction over periods on a fixed event. A capacity window of length n−1n-1n−1 straddles two consecutive cycles, which costs a factor 333 in δ\deltaδ, and only the periods with positive deterministic demand carry a buffer, which is why n‾\underline nn​ appears. The demand errors form a martingale-difference sequence with predictable, path-dependent rates, so (EC.15) needs a pathwise bound on the cumulative rate within a cycle. That bound comes from the DET constraint, not from independence.

Finally, the constant M1M_1M1​ must not depend on the instance. A bound in which M1M_1M1​ may depend on TTT or CCC is trivial, since the loss never exceeds 2R2R2R.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated in demand rates, as the paper does for DET and in all its proofs. Prices, A1–A3 and the price-derivative part of A5 do not appear. A turned-off type has rate 000.

A sample path is a function from {1,…,T}\{1,\dots,T\}{1,…,T} to "no request" or "one request of type jjj". Its probability is the product of the per-period probabilities under the rates the control posts, so expectations are finite sums. Expected revenue is E[∑trt(λt)]\mathbf E[\sum_t r^t(\lambda^t)]E[∑t​rt(λt)], the tower-property form of the proofs. Periods are 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T, and window sums whose upper limit falls below the lower limit are empty.

The standing hypotheses, bundled as Standing φL φU Ψ R n̲, are:

  • I,J,n,T≥1I, J, n, T \ge 1I,J,n,T≥1, n∣Tn \mid Tn∣T, aij∈{0,1}a_{ij} \in \{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} with a 111 in every column, C⪰eC \succeq eC⪰e, λU∈(0,1]\lambda_U \in (0,1]λU​∈(0,1];
  • JλU≤1J\lambda_U \le 1JλU​≤1 (added: one arrival per period on all of Ωλ\Omega_\lambdaΩλ​);
  • λD\lambda^DλD optimal for DET, with λjt,D∈{0}∪(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_j \in \{0\} \cup (0,\lambda_U)λjt,D​∈{0}∪(0,λU​);
  • A4 with the explicit bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣, which replaces the paper's rur^uru;
  • A5, with the Hessian condition as a bound on the quadratic form;
  • n‾\underline nn​ as in (2), stated as an attained minimum, so n‾≥1\underline n \ge 1n​≥1;
  • the cycle assumption of p. 11.

The statements "on G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ)" are claimed for every path of positive probability in the event. Theorem 1 quantifies M1M_1M1​ after JJJ, Ψ\PsiΨ, RRR and before everything else. This rules out the trivial reading in which M1M_1M1​ is chosen per instance. Step 2 uses n‾\underline nn​ where the printed line has nnn, and RRR for rur^uru. θ\thetaθ in Lemma 2 is an integer.

Two definition files carry the model: ReusablePricing.DPC.Model holds the instance, DET, A4–A5, n‾\underline nn​ and the θ\thetaθ-th system; ReusablePricing.DPC.Control holds the path law, DPC, loss, events and general controls. A complete proof needs a finite-path martingale toolkit: a Doob-type maximal inequality for exponential submartingales on a finite product space, and the Bernoulli moment-generating-function bound. It also needs a multivariate mean-value or Taylor estimate on a box and an induction over sliding capacity windows. The martingale tools are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of those general lemmas, of proofs of individual milestones, and of the optional asymptotic corollary (4) are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Lei and S. Jasin, Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements, Operations Research 68(3), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1906 (author manuscript: SSRN 2816718, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2816718)
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, A Multiproduct Dynamic Pricing Problem and Its Applications to Network Yield Management, Operations Research 45(1), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • S. Jasin, Reoptimization and Self-Adjusting Price Control for Network Revenue Management, Operations Research 62(5), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1294
  • D. Williams, Probability with Martingales, Cambridge University Press, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511813658
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 1: Deterministic Cutting-Plane Bellman Approximations Become Exact Along the Generated TrajectoriesResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: hydro-thermal scheduling, inventory and capacity planning, portfolio management. The dominant solution methods, Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming (SDDP, Pereira and Pinto 1991) and its relatives CUPPS and DOASA, never compute the Bellman (future-cost) functions of the problem. Instead they build outer approximations of them by cutting planes: affine minorants obtained from the optimal values and Lagrange multipliers of one-stage subproblems. Practitioners run these methods on very large problems, so the question of whether, and in what sense, the approximations converge is of direct practical relevance.

Earlier convergence proofs (Philpott and Guan 2008; Shapiro 2011) rely on linear stage problems, where only finitely many distinct cuts can be generated and convergence is finite. Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (Math. Oper. Res. 2015) prove convergence for convex stage problems, where infinitely many distinct cuts may appear and finite termination is lost. This mission covers the first half of that paper: the deterministic multistage problem (§2), whose proof contains the whole scheme of the argument. The stochastic scenario-tree version is the companion mission of this series.

Setting

Fix a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1. States lie in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and controls in Rp\mathbb R^pRp; values are in R‾=R∪{±∞}\overline{\mathbb R}=\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}R=R∪{±∞}. The data are state sets Xt⊆Rd\mathcal X_t\subseteq\mathbb R^dXt​⊆Rd, control multifunctions Ut:Rd⇉Rp\mathcal U_t:\mathbb R^d\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^pUt​:Rd⇉Rp, stage costs Ct(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}C_t(x,u)\in\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Ct​(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}, linear dynamics ft(x,u)f_t(x,u)ft​(x,u), a final cost VTV_TVT​ and an initial state x0x_0x0​. The problem (1) is

min⁡x,u ∑t=0T−1Ct(xt,ut)+VT(xT)s.t. xt+1=ft(xt,ut), xt∈Xt, ut∈Ut(xt).\min_{x,u}\ \sum_{t=0}^{T-1}C_t(x_t,u_t)+V_T(x_T)\quad\text{s.t. } x_{t+1}=f_t(x_t,u_t),\ x_t\in\mathcal X_t,\ u_t\in\mathcal U_t(x_t).x,umin​ t=0∑T−1​Ct​(xt​,ut​)+VT​(xT​)s.t. xt+1​=ft​(xt​,ut​), xt​∈Xt​, ut​∈Ut​(xt​).

The Bellman functions are Vt(x)=inf⁡u∈Ut(x)Wt(x,u)V_t(x)=\inf_{u\in\mathcal U_t(x)}W_t(x,u)Vt​(x)=infu∈Ut​(x)​Wt​(x,u) on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ and +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere, with Wt(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1(ft(x,u))W_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wt​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1​(ft​(x,u)).

Assumptions (H₁) require Ut\mathcal U_tUt​ to be a convex multifunction with convex compact values; CtC_tCt​ and VTV_TVT​ to be convex, lower semicontinuous and proper; and VTV_TVT​ to be finite and Lipschitz on XT\mathcal X_TXT​. They also require extended relatively complete recourse (ERCR): for some δt>0\delta_t>0δt​>0, on the enlarged set Xt′=Xt+Bt(δt)\mathcal X'_t=\mathcal X_t+B_t(\delta_t)Xt′​=Xt​+Bt​(δt​) (a δt\delta_tδt​-neighbourhood inside the affine hull of Xt\mathcal X_tXt​) the cost CtC_tCt​ is finite and some admissible control leads into Xt+1\mathcal X_{t+1}Xt+1​.

The cutting-plane method keeps approximations VtkV^k_tVtk​, starting from Vt0≡−∞V^0_t\equiv-\inftyVt0​≡−∞ and with VTk=VTV^k_T=V_TVTk​=VT​. At iteration kkk it runs forward from x0k=x0x^k_0=x_0x0k​=x0​. At each stage it solves the one-stage problem with Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ in place of Vt+1V_{t+1}Vt+1​, which gives a minimizer utku^k_tutk​, the optimal value θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ and a Lagrange multiplier βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ of the constraint x=xtkx=x^k_tx=xtk​. It then adds the cut

Vtk(x)=max⁡(Vtk−1(x), θtk+⟨βtk,x−xtk⟩)V^k_t(x)=\max\big(V^{k-1}_t(x),\ \theta^k_t+\langle\beta^k_t,x-x^k_t\rangle\big)Vtk​(x)=max(Vtk−1​(x), θtk​+⟨βtk​,x−xtk​⟩)

and moves to xt+1k=ft(xtk,utk)x^k_{t+1}=f_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)xt+1k​=ft​(xtk​,utk​). The approximate cost-to-go is Wtk(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1k(ft(x,u))W^k_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V^k_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wtk​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1k​(ft​(x,u)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For every run of the method and every t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1,

lim⁡k→∞Wt(xtk,utk)−Vt(xtk)=0andlim⁡k→∞Vt(xtk)−Vtk(xtk)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}W_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)-V_t(x^k_t)=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lim_{k\to\infty}V_t(x^k_t)-V^k_t(x^k_t)=0.k→∞lim​Wt​(xtk​,utk​)−Vt​(xtk​)=0andk→∞lim​Vt​(xtk​)−Vtk​(xtk​)=0.

The first limit says the computed decisions become optimal for the true Bellman functions; the second says the cuts become exact at the visited states. Nothing is claimed away from the generated trajectories.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  • Lemma 5.1 (marginal functions of convex problems over convex multifunctions are convex, and attained);
  • the tightness identity (10), Vtk(xtk)=θtk=Wtk−1(xtk,utk)V^k_t(x^k_t)=\theta^k_t=W^{k-1}_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)Vtk​(xtk​)=θtk​=Wtk−1​(xtk​,utk​);
  • Lemma 2.2 (i)–(iii): VtV_tVt​ convex and Lipschitz on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​; validity Vtk≤V~t≤VtV^k_t\le\tilde V_t\le V_tVtk​≤V~t​≤Vt​; bounded multipliers;
  • Corollary 2.1 (one Lipschitz constant for all cuts);
  • Lemma 5.2 (monotone Lipschitz minorants on a compact set);
  • the two halves of the backward induction step of the proof of Theorem 2.1.

Companion items state that runs exist under (H₁) and give Kelley's cutting-plane lemma (Lemma 2.1), the warm-up result of §2.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 is a convergence guarantee for cutting-plane decomposition of nonlinear convex multistage problems. It does not depend on finitely many dual extreme points, so it covers problems with nonlinear convex costs and convex control constraints. The result is the template for the stochastic Theorem 3.1, which covers SDDP, CUPPS and DOASA as special cases of a general node-selection scheme. Along the way the paper isolates ERCR, a constraint qualification that is exactly what bounds the Lagrange multipliers and makes the cuts uniformly Lipschitz.

The result is proved in the paper; as far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean statement of the deterministic algorithm, with extended-real Bellman functions, cut validity, and multiplier selection as a predicate on runs. It also supplies the statements of the reusable lemmas: marginal-function convexity, the monotone-minorant lemma, Kelley's method. Formal proofs of the milestones, alternative arguments, and explicit Lipschitz constants are all open.

Difficulty

The naive argument, "the approximations increase and are bounded by VtV_tVt​, so they converge", only gives pointwise convergence of VtkV^k_tVtk​ to some limit below VtV_tVt​. It does not show that the limit equals VtV_tVt​ at the states actually visited, and the visited states change from iteration to iteration. The proof must control cuts computed at one state when they are evaluated at another. This needs a uniform bound on the multipliers βtk\beta^k_tβtk​. That bound comes from ERCR (moving a distance δt/2\delta_t/2δt​/2 in every direction of the affine hull stays where the cost is finite), together with Lipschitz continuity of VtV_tVt​ on a compact set lying inside the relative interior of its domain. Without ERCR the multipliers can be unbounded and the argument breaks. A second difficulty is the backward induction itself: the conclusion at stage ttt uses both limits at stage t+1t+1t+1, and passing from Vt+1kV^k_{t+1}Vt+1k​ to Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ needs a compactness argument (Lemma 5.2).

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and controls EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); costs and value functions are EReal-valued. Convexity of an extended-real function means convexity of its epigraph. Minima are EReal infima (+∞+\infty+∞ over an empty set), with attainment stated separately. VTV_TVT​ is extended by +∞+\infty+∞ outside XT\mathcal X_TXT​.

The Lagrange multiplier condition is encoded by (12): βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ lies in the direction space of Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​) and is a subgradient, on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​), of the stage optimal value at xtkx^k_txtk​. A run is a predicate on (x,u,θ,β)(x,u,\theta,\beta)(x,u,θ,β): any minimizer and any multiplier are allowed. The paper's iteration k≥1k\ge1k≥1 is Lean's k + 1.

Standing assumptions added to (H₁), all used by the paper's proofs:

  • T>0T>0T>0;
  • every Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ (t≤Tt\le Tt≤T) is convex and compact (the paper uses this on pp. 5, 8 and 11 and states it as (H₂)(1) in §3);
  • x0∈X0x_0\in\mathcal X_0x0​∈X0​.

Deviations from the page:

  • Lemma 5.1 is stated for a jointly convex J(x,u)J(x,u)J(x,u), the form its proof and its use need.
  • Lemma 2.2 (ii) states Vtk≤V~tV^k_t\le\tilde V_tVtk​≤V~t​ on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​). The printed "everywhere" fails outside the affine hull when that hull is a proper subspace.
  • Corollary 2.1 is stated wherever VtkV^k_tVtk​ is finite, because Vtk≡−∞V^k_t\equiv-\inftyVtk​≡−∞ during the first T−1−tT-1-tT−1−t iterations.

Limits are Tendsto … (𝓝 0) in EReal. There, convergence to 000 forces the differences to be eventually finite, so a value of ±∞\pm\infty±∞ cannot make a limit hold for free. The goal's hypotheses are exactly (H₁) and the run predicate. Statements that only assert the existence of a good run, or bound θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ instead of the cuts, are not formalizations of Theorem 2.1.

A complete development needs:

  • Lipschitz continuity of a convex function on a compact subset of the relative interior of its domain;
  • the existence of subgradients relative to an affine subspace;
  • marginal-function convexity for extended-real functions.

All three are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the companion items.

Selected references

  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 40(1), 2015; author's version hal-01208295v1. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664, https://hal.science/hal-01208295
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Operations Research Letters 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European Journal of Operational Research 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
  • J. E. Kelley, The cutting-plane method for solving convex programs, Journal of the SIAM 8(4), 1960. https://doi.org/10.1137/0108053
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Product Price, Quality and Service Decisions under Consumer Choice Models II: The Oligopoly Has a Unique Nash Equilibrium, with Monopoly Qualities and Service Durations and Lower PricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that sell durable goods set three things at once: a price, a quality level, and the length of an ancillary service that comes free with the product, such as a warranty. Wang, Ke and Cui (SSRN 3766191; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022, doi:10.1287/msom.2020.0947) study these joint decisions under multinomial logit (MNL) demand. For a monopolist offering several products they show (their Theorem 1) that each service duration is extreme (the shortest or the longest allowed), each quality is set product by product, and all markups are equal.

A natural question is whether that structure survives competition. In practice, quality and warranty terms are long-term strategic choices while prices react to rivals; if competition changed the optimal qualities and durations, the monopoly analysis would say little about real markets. Section 2.4 of the paper answers the question for an oligopoly of NNN single-product firms. This mission formalizes that answer, Theorem 2.

Setting

There are NNN firms; firm i∈N={1,…,N}i \in \mathcal N = \{1, \dots, N\}i∈N={1,…,N} sells product iii. Product iii has a quality sensitivity αi\alpha_iαi​, a base service cost per unit time aia_iai​, a marginal effect bib_ibi​ of quality on service cost (of either sign, or zero), a production-cost coefficient ci>0c_i > 0ci​>0 (cost ciqi2c_i q_i^2ci​qi2​), and a service utility per unit time sis_isi​. Firm iii chooses a price pip_ipi​, a quality qiq_iqi​ and a service duration ti∈[ts,tl]t_i \in [t_s, t_l]ti​∈[ts​,tl​].

A consumer buys product iii with the MNL choice probability

di(p,q,t;N)=exp⁡(αiqi−pi+tisi)1+∑j∈Nexp⁡(αjqj−pj+tjsj),d_i(\mathbf p, \mathbf q, \mathbf t; \mathcal N) = \frac{\exp(\alpha_i q_i - p_i + t_i s_i)}{1 + \sum_{j \in \mathcal N} \exp(\alpha_j q_j - p_j + t_j s_j)},di​(p,q,t;N)=1+∑j∈N​exp(αj​qj​−pj​+tj​sj​)exp(αi​qi​−pi​+ti​si​)​,

where the 111 is the outside (no-purchase) option. The payoff of firm iii is its markup times its market share:

Πi(p,q,t;N)=[pi−ciqi2−ti(ai−biqi)] di(p,q,t;N).\Pi_i(\mathbf p, \mathbf q, \mathbf t; \mathcal N) = \big[p_i - c_i q_i^2 - t_i(a_i - b_i q_i)\big]\, d_i(\mathbf p, \mathbf q, \mathbf t; \mathcal N).Πi​(p,q,t;N)=[pi​−ci​qi2​−ti​(ai​−bi​qi​)]di​(p,q,t;N).

A Nash equilibrium is a profile (p,q,t)(\mathbf p, \mathbf q, \mathbf t)(p,q,t) with every ti∈[ts,tl]t_i \in [t_s, t_l]ti​∈[ts​,tl​] such that no firm can raise Πi\Pi_iΠi​ by changing its own triple (pi,qi,ti)(p_i, q_i, t_i)(pi​,qi​,ti​), jointly, to any other triple with duration in [ts,tl][t_s, t_l][ts​,tl​]. The monopolistic case is problem (4): one firm maximizes ∑iΠi\sum_i \Pi_i∑i​Πi​ over all prices and qualities in RN\mathbb R^NRN and durations in [ts,tl]N[t_s, t_l]^N[ts​,tl​]N. Finally, the duration index of product iii is

φi(t)=bi2t24ci+(si−ai+αibi2ci)t.\varphi_i(t) = \frac{b_i^2 t^2}{4 c_i} + \Big(s_i - a_i + \frac{\alpha_i b_i}{2 c_i}\Big) t .φi​(t)=4ci​bi2​t2​+(si​−ai​+2ci​αi​bi​​)t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Assume ci>0c_i > 0ci​>0 for all iii, ts<tlt_s < t_lts​<tl​, and φi(ts)≠φi(tl)\varphi_i(t_s) \ne \varphi_i(t_l)φi​(ts​)=φi​(tl​) for all iii. Then

∃! (po,qo,to) Nash equilibrium,to=t∗,qo=q∗,pio≤pi∗ (i∈N)\exists!\, (\mathbf p^o, \mathbf q^o, \mathbf t^o) \text{ Nash equilibrium}, \qquad \mathbf t^o = \mathbf t^*,\quad \mathbf q^o = \mathbf q^*,\quad p_i^o \le p_i^* \ (i \in \mathcal N)∃!(po,qo,to) Nash equilibrium,to=t∗,qo=q∗,pio​≤pi∗​ (i∈N)

for every optimal solution (p∗,q∗,t∗)(\mathbf p^*, \mathbf q^*, \mathbf t^*)(p∗,q∗,t∗) of the monopolist's problem, which exists. The goal compares with any monopoly optimum and does not presuppose the monopoly formulas of Theorem 1.

Milestones

The proof in the Online Supplement (pp. 2–3) passes through the following statements, which are the mission's milestones:

  1. (EC.1): a firm's profit is the unique root rir_iri​ of ri(1+∑j≠ie⋅)=[markupi−ri] eαiqi−pi+tisir_i(1 + \sum_{j \ne i} e^{\cdot}) = [\text{markup}_i - r_i]\, e^{\alpha_i q_i - p_i + t_i s_i}ri​(1+∑j=i​e⋅)=[markupi​−ri​]eαi​qi​−pi​+ti​si​;
  2. (EC.2): pi↦[markupi−ri] eαiqi−pi+tisip_i \mapsto [\text{markup}_i - r_i]\, e^{\alpha_i q_i - p_i + t_i s_i}pi​↦[markupi​−ri​]eαi​qi​−pi​+ti​si​ is unimodal with peak at markup ri+1r_i + 1ri​+1;
  3. (EC.3): in every equilibrium qi=(αi+tibi)/(2ci)q_i = (\alpha_i + t_i b_i)/(2c_i)qi​=(αi​+ti​bi​)/(2ci​) and tit_iti​ maximizes φi\varphi_iφi​ on [ts,tl][t_s, t_l][ts​,tl​];
  4. the price root φi(A)\varphi_i(A)φi​(A) of the first-order condition exists, is unique, and decreases in the aggregate AAA;
  5. the aggregate equation has a unique root AoA^oAo, and the price competition has the unique equilibrium pio=φi(Ao)p_i^o = \varphi_i(A^o)pio​=φi​(Ao);
  6. φi(A)≤A+ki\varphi_i(A) \le A + k_iφi​(A)≤A+ki​ when AAA exceeds firm iii's attraction by at least one;
  7. Ao≥m∗A^o \ge m^*Ao≥m∗, the root of m=1+∑iexp⁡(αiqi−ciqi2−ti(ai−biqi−si)−m)m = 1 + \sum_i \exp(\alpha_i q_i - c_i q_i^2 - t_i(a_i - b_i q_i - s_i) - m)m=1+∑i​exp(αi​qi​−ci​qi2​−ti​(ai​−bi​qi​−si​)−m);
  8. pio=φi(Ao)≤m∗+ciqi2+ti(ai−biqi)p_i^o = \varphi_i(A^o) \le m^* + c_i q_i^2 + t_i(a_i - b_i q_i)pio​=φi​(Ao)≤m∗+ci​qi2​+ti​(ai​−bi​qi​).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 says that the quality and service rules of the monopoly are robust to competition: each firm sets quality where marginal consumer utility equals marginal cost, and offers the shortest or the longest service, regardless of what its rivals do. Only prices respond to competition, and they fall. The proof also shows that the competitive aggregate AoA^oAo exceeds the monopolist's, so more consumers buy and consumer surplus log⁡Ao\log A^ologAo is higher than under monopoly. Uniqueness makes comparative statics well defined.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper and, to our knowledge, not formalized anywhere. A formal proof requires the MNL price-competition equilibrium argument (existence and uniqueness through a one-dimensional aggregate), which is a standard tool in operations management and industrial organization (Anderson, de Palma and Thisse 1992) and has independent reuse value. Making the argument precise also exposes two points the paper leaves implicit: the tie case in the duration choice, and the domain on which the bound φi(A)≤A+ki\varphi_i(A) \le A + k_iφi​(A)≤A+ki​ holds.

Difficulty

The game is not concave: Πi\Pi_iΠi​ is not concave in firm iii's own strategy (pi,qi,ti)(p_i, q_i, t_i)(pi​,qi​,ti​) (its best attainable value is convex in the duration tit_iti​, which is why durations end up extreme), and strategies are unbounded in price and quality, so the standard existence theorems for concave games with compact strategy sets do not apply. Writing down the first-order conditions and solving them produces candidates, but it shows neither that a candidate is a global best response nor that no other equilibrium exists. Uniqueness also fails without the no-indifference condition (see below).

Formalization scope

  • Products are indexed by Fin N (0-based); NNN is arbitrary. The outside option is the 1 + in the denominator, not an element of Fin N.
  • Prices and qualities are unconstrained reals. The paper's normalization qi∈[0,ai/bi)q_i \in [0, a_i/b_i)qi​∈[0,ai​/bi​) (p. 8) is not imposed, because Theorem 1's quality formula and the proof ignore it. Durations lie in [ts,tl][t_s, t_l][ts​,tl​] for equilibrium profiles, deviations and the monopoly problem alike.
  • A Nash equilibrium is defined through the published general pure-strategy Nash equilibrium notion (CarbonDoubleCount.Planner.IsPureNash) with Function.update: deviations are unilateral and joint in (pi,qi,ti)(p_i, q_i, t_i)(pi​,qi​,ti​), not coordinate by coordinate.
  • Optimality in the monopoly problem means global maximality over the feasible set, never a first-order condition.
  • Added hypothesis. φi(ts)≠φi(tl)\varphi_i(t_s) \ne \varphi_i(t_l)φi​(ts​)=φi​(tl​) for every iii. If φi(ts)=φi(tl)\varphi_i(t_s) = \varphi_i(t_l)φi​(ts​)=φi​(tl​), firm iii has two best responses giving it the same profit and the same attraction, hence the same payoffs to all rivals; both are equilibria and "unique" is false. The paper's proof picks one endpoint "depending on the comparison" and does not treat ties.
  • "Lower prices" is stated as pio≤pi∗p_i^o \le p_i^*pio​≤pi∗​, as the paper's proof concludes; for N=1N = 1N=1 the two problems coincide.
  • The price root φi(A)\varphi_i(A)φi​(A) is defined on the region p>kip > k_ip>ki​, exp⁡(wi−p)<A\exp(w_i - p) < Aexp(wi​−p)<A where the first-order condition is increasing in ppp; it takes Lean's junk value only for A≤0A \le 0A≤0, where no statement uses it.

Formalizations that do not count: a price-only game with qualities and durations fixed at the monopoly values (that is the paper's reduction, not the theorem); a two-firm version; an equilibrium notion checked one coordinate at a time; or an equilibrium assumed rather than proved to exist.

A complete development needs real analysis of one-variable functions (monotonicity, the intermediate value theorem, maximization of xe−xx e^{-x}xe−x-type functions) and finite sums. The pure-Nash definition and the MNL price-competition milestones (4–8) are reusable beyond this paper. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the price-equilibrium uniqueness, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, J. Ke, Y. Cui, Product Price, Quality and Service Decisions under Consumer Choice Models, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022; accepted manuscript SSRN 3766191. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3766191, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2020.0947
  • S. P. Anderson, A. de Palma, J.-F. Thisse, Discrete Choice Theory of Product Differentiation, MIT Press, 1992. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/2450.001.0001
  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient Tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation 1: SONATA Converges R-Linearly over Undirected Graphs for Small Step SizesResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization, mmm agents connected by a communication network jointly minimize the average of their private losses, exchanging vectors only with their neighbours. This is the computational model of decentralized machine learning (data held by many machines, no central server), of sensor networks and of multi-agent control. A central family of methods is gradient tracking: each agent keeps, besides its copy of the decision variable, an estimate of the network-wide average gradient, refreshed by mixing with neighbours. Gradient tracking removes the steady-state bias of plain decentralized gradient descent and, for smooth strongly convex problems, converges linearly (Nedić, Olshevsky & Shi 2017; Qu & Li 2018).

Sun, Daneshmand and Scutari (arXiv:1905.02637v2, SIAM J. Optim. 2022) study SONATA, a gradient-tracking scheme in which each agent replaces its loss by a strongly convex surrogate and solves a small local problem per round. The setting is broader than earlier linear-rate results in three ways: the problem may be composite (a convex, possibly nonsmooth regularizer GGG), constrained (a closed convex set K\mathcal KK), and only the average loss needs to be strongly convex, not each local loss. Linearizing surrogates recover proximal gradient tracking; surrogates that keep the full local loss recover DANE- and CEASE-type methods, whose rates improve when the local losses are similar.

Setting

Agents i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m hold functions fi:Rd→Rf_i:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rd→R. With F=1m∑ifiF=\frac1m\sum_if_iF=m1​∑i​fi​, Problem (P) is

min⁡x∈K U(x)=F(x)+G(x).\min_{\mathbf x\in\mathcal K}\ U(\mathbf x)=F(\mathbf x)+G(\mathbf x).x∈Kmin​ U(x)=F(x)+G(x).

Assumption A: K\mathcal KK is nonempty, closed and convex; each fif_ifi​ is twice differentiable on an open set O⊇K\mathcal O\supseteq\mathcal KO⊇K and convex; μI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI\mu\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2F(\mathbf x)\preceq L\mathbf IμI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI on K\mathcal KK with μ>0\mu>0μ>0; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK. Then μiI⪯∇2fi⪯LiI\mu_i\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2f_i\preceq L_i\mathbf Iμi​I⪯∇2fi​⪯Li​I on K\mathcal KK for some constants (display (1)), and Lmx=max⁡iLiL_{\rm mx}=\max_iL_iLmx​=maxi​Li​.

The network is a connected undirected graph G\mathcal GG on the agents (Assumption B) and a doubly stochastic weight matrix W=(wij)\mathbf W=(w_{ij})W=(wij​) with wii>0w_{ii}>0wii​>0, wij>0w_{ij}>0wij​>0 on edges and wij=0w_{ij}=0wij​=0 off edges (Assumption D). Its mixing rate is ρ=σ(W^−J)\rho=\sigma(\widehat{\mathbf W}-\mathbf J)ρ=σ(W−J), the largest singular value of W−1m11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1m\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−m1​11⊤ (tensored with Id\mathbf I_dId​).

Each agent has a surrogate f~i(x;z)\tilde f_i(\mathbf x;\mathbf z)f~​i​(x;z), C2C^2C2 on O×O\mathcal O\times\mathcal OO×O, whose gradient in x\mathbf xx matches ∇fi\nabla f_i∇fi​ at x=z\mathbf x=\mathbf zx=z, is L~i\tilde L_iL~i​-Lipschitz, and which is μ~i\tilde\mu_iμ~​i​-strongly convex in x\mathbf xx (Assumption C). Display (15) supplies constants with DiℓI⪯∇2f~i(x,y)−∇2F(x)⪯DiuID_i^\ell\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2\tilde f_i(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)-\nabla^2F(\mathbf x)\preceq D_i^u\mathbf IDiℓ​I⪯∇2f~​i​(x,y)−∇2F(x)⪯Diu​I on K×K\mathcal K\times\mathcal KK×K; Di=max⁡{∣Diℓ∣,∣Diu∣}D_i=\max\{|D_i^\ell|,|D_i^u|\}Di​=max{∣Diℓ​∣,∣Diu​∣}, μ~mn=min⁡iμ~i\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}=\min_i\tilde\mu_iμ~​mn​=mini​μ~​i​, Dmnℓ=min⁡iDiℓD^\ell_{\rm mn}=\min_iD_i^\ellDmnℓ​=mini​Diℓ​, Dmx=max⁡iDiD_{\rm mx}=\max_iD_iDmx​=maxi​Di​.

SONATA (Algorithm 1) with step size α∈(0,1]\alpha\in(0,1]α∈(0,1] starts from xi0∈K\mathbf x_i^0\in\mathcal Kxi0​∈K, yi0=∇fi(xi0)\mathbf y_i^0=\nabla f_i(\mathbf x_i^0)yi0​=∇fi​(xi0​) and repeats

x^iν∈argmin⁡xi∈Kf~i(xi;xiν)+(yiν−∇fi(xiν))⊤(xi−xiν)+G(xi),xiν+1/2=xiν+α(x^iν−xiν),\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{\mathbf x_i\in\mathcal K}\tilde f_i(\mathbf x_i;\mathbf x_i^\nu)+(\mathbf y_i^\nu-\nabla f_i(\mathbf x_i^\nu))^\top(\mathbf x_i-\mathbf x_i^\nu)+G(\mathbf x_i),\qquad \mathbf x_i^{\nu+1/2}=\mathbf x_i^\nu+\alpha(\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu-\mathbf x_i^\nu),x^iν​∈xi​∈Kargmin​f~​i​(xi​;xiν​)+(yiν​−∇fi​(xiν​))⊤(xi​−xiν​)+G(xi​),xiν+1/2​=xiν​+α(x^iν​−xiν​), xiν+1=∑jwijxjν+1/2,yiν+1=∑jwij(yjν+∇fj(xjν+1)−∇fj(xjν)).\mathbf x_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jw_{ij}\mathbf x_j^{\nu+1/2},\qquad \mathbf y_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jw_{ij}\big(\mathbf y_j^\nu+\nabla f_j(\mathbf x_j^{\nu+1})-\nabla f_j(\mathbf x_j^\nu)\big).xiν+1​=j∑​wij​xjν+1/2​,yiν+1​=j∑​wij​(yjν​+∇fj​(xjν+1​)−∇fj​(xjν​)).

With x⋆\mathbf x^\starx⋆ the optimal solution, the analysis tracks the optimality gap pν=∑i(U(xiν)−U(x⋆))p^\nu=\sum_i(U(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-U(\mathbf x^\star))pν=∑i​(U(xiν​)−U(x⋆)), the consensus errors x⊥ν\mathbf x_\perp^\nux⊥ν​, y⊥ν\mathbf y_\perp^\nuy⊥ν​ (deviations from the network averages), the tracking error δiν=∇F(xiν)−yiν\boldsymbol\delta_i^\nu=\nabla F(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-\mathbf y_i^\nuδiν​=∇F(xiν​)−yiν​ and the step diν=x^iν−xiν\mathbf d_i^\nu=\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu-\mathbf x_i^\nudiν​=x^iν​−xiν​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9

If μ~mn≥Dmnℓ\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}\ge D^\ell_{\rm mn}μ~​mn​≥Dmnℓ​, there is αˉ∈(0,1]\bar\alpha\in(0,1]αˉ∈(0,1] such that for every α∈(0,αˉ)\alpha\in(0,\bar\alpha)α∈(0,αˉ), every SONATA run and every agent iii,

∃ C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν)−U⋆∣≤C zνfor all ν.\exists\,C,\ z\in[0,1):\qquad |U(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-U^\star|\le C\,z^\nu\quad\text{for all }\nu .∃C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν​)−U⋆∣≤Czνfor all ν.

The goal fixes no rate: it asserts R-linear convergence for all small step sizes, which is the shape the paper proves. The explicit rate of Theorem 3.10 and the iteration counts of Corollaries 3.11–3.14 are not posed.

Milestones

In the order of the proof: the tracking invariant (19); Lemma 3.1 (per-agent descent); Lemma 3.2 (a lower bound on ∥dν∥2\|\mathbf d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2); Lemma 3.3 (∥δν∥2≤4Lmx2∥x⊥ν∥2+2∥y⊥ν∥2\|\boldsymbol\delta^\nu\|^2\le4L_{\rm mx}^2\|\mathbf x_\perp^\nu\|^2+2\|\mathbf y_\perp^\nu\|^2∥δν∥2≤4Lmx2​∥x⊥ν​∥2+2∥y⊥ν​∥2); Proposition 3.4 (pν+1≤σ(α)pν+η(α)(⋯ )p^{\nu+1}\le\sigma(\alpha)p^\nu+\eta(\alpha)(\cdots)pν+1≤σ(α)pν+η(α)(⋯)); Proposition 3.5 (consensus errors contract at rate ρ\rhoρ up to ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥); Proposition 3.6 (∥dν∥2\|\mathbf d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2 bounded by pνp^\nupν and ∥y⊥ν∥2\|\mathbf y_\perp^\nu\|^2∥y⊥ν​∥2); Proposition 3.8 (the four inequalities (50a)–(50d) for the transformed sequences SK(z)=max⁡ν≤K∣sν∣z−νS^K(z)=\max_{\nu\le K}|s^\nu|z^{-\nu}SK(z)=maxν≤K​∣sν∣z−ν); and (54), DK(z)≤P(α,z)DK(z)+R(α,z)D^K(z)\le\mathcal P(\alpha,z)D^K(z)+\mathcal R(\alpha,z)DK(z)≤P(α,z)DK(z)+R(α,z).

Significance

Theorem 3.9 gives a linear rate for distributed composite, constrained optimization with gradient tracking, under strong convexity of the average loss only. It covers, through the choice of surrogate, proximal gradient tracking and the distributed versions of DANE and CEASE, and the constants DiD_iDi​ quantify how much a surrogate gains when local losses are similar. The chain of Propositions 3.4–3.8 is a reusable template: an optimality-gap recursion, consensus recursions and a step bound, closed by a small-gain argument.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no part of it has been formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked statement of the model and of the full chain. Useful contributions include proofs of the individual milestones, a proof of the goal from the milestones, and the general facts they rest on.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails in two places. First, the local step does not descend on UUU by itself: the tracker yiν\mathbf y_i^\nuyiν​ is not ∇F(xiν)\nabla F(\mathbf x_i^\nu)∇F(xiν​), and the surrogate's curvature differs from FFF's, so Lemma 3.1 must compare Hessians of f~i\tilde f_if~​i​ and FFF along a segment through (15), and the descent holds only up to the tracking error. Second, no single quantity contracts: pνp^\nupν contracts up to consensus errors, consensus errors contract up to ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥, and ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥ is bounded back by pνp^\nupν. No Lyapunov function is given, and the loop gain P(α,z)\mathcal P(\alpha,z)P(α,z) of (55) involves every constant of the problem, so showing it can be pushed below 1 for some z<1z<1z<1 is where the step-size threshold αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ comes from. Also, ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is not an assumption: it must be derived from connectivity and Assumption D.

Formalization scope

Agents' vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), stacked vectors are Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and their norm is always the Euclidean norm written out (∑i∥xi∥2\sum_i\|\mathbf x_i\|^2∑i​∥xi​∥2), never Lean's sup norm. Hessians are derivatives of gradients; Loewner bounds are quadratic-form inequalities. The surrogate's gradient and Hessian are in its first argument. ρ\rhoρ is the operator norm of W−1m11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1m\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−m1​11⊤ on Euclidean Rm\mathbb R^mRm. Time is 0-based.

A SONATA run is a relation: x^iν\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nux^iν​ is any minimizer of the local problem, and x⋆\mathbf x^\starx⋆ any minimizer of UUU on K\mathcal KK. Assumption A gives no lower semicontinuity of GGG, so minimizers need not exist in general; the paper assumes they do, and so does the formalization, without adding a hypothesis on GGG. A sanity file exhibits instances of all assumptions and of runs (including a nonconstant one), so the run predicate is not empty. "fif_ifi​ convex" is read as convexity on K\mathcal KK plus a positive semidefinite Hessian on O\mathcal OO; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK only. The constants of (1) and (15) are parameters: each statement holds for every valid choice. All of Assumptions A–D are hypotheses of every statement (the paper's standing assumption of §3.3).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is not assumed in place of Assumptions B and D; αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ is chosen before the step size, the starting point and the run; z<1z<1z<1 is required; norms of stacked vectors are Euclidean. Two printed slips are handled openly: σ(α)∈(0,1)\sigma(\alpha)\in(0,1)σ(α)∈(0,1) in Proposition 3.4 is stated with positivity only when Dmx>0D_{\rm mx}>0Dmx​>0 or α<1\alpha<1α<1 (at Dmx=0D_{\rm mx}=0Dmx​=0, α=1\alpha=1α=1 (41) gives σ=0\sigma=0σ=0), and C2=4/μ~mn2C_2=4/\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}^2C2​=4/μ~​mn2​ is kept as printed in (52d) although (47) has 3. In Lemma 3.2, Lean's μ/0=0\mu/0=0μ/0=0 makes the bound trivial when Dmx=0D_{\rm mx}=0Dmx​=0.

A full development needs: the mean-value and Taylor estimates for functions with bounded Hessian on a convex set, first-order optimality for constrained convex minimization, the spectral bound ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 for graph-compliant doubly stochastic matrices (posed elsewhere on the platform as StochGradTrack.Const.lemma_1 for a closely related model), and elementary estimates on finite maxima. These are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand, G. Scutari, Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient-tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation, arXiv:1905.02637v2, 2020; SIAM J. Optim. 32 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.02637v2
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization over Time-Varying Graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • G. Qu, N. Li, Harnessing Smoothness to Accelerate Distributed Optimization, IEEE Trans. Control Netw. Syst. 5 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1109/TCNS.2017.2698261
  • P. Di Lorenzo, G. Scutari, NEXT: In-Network Nonconvex Optimization, IEEE Trans. Signal Inf. Process. Netw. 2 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/TSIPN.2016.2524588
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Bridging Bayesian and Minimax Mean Square Error Estimation via Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization 1: The Gelbrich Minimax and Normal-Prior Maximin Values Coincide (Sandwich Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Estimating an unknown parameter from a noisy linear measurement is the basic problem behind Kalman filtering, signal recovery and linear inverse problems. A Bayesian statistician picks the estimator that minimizes the mean square error under a prior distribution; a minimax statistician guards against the worst prior in some family. The Bayesian answer depends on a prior that is rarely known, and the minimax answer is often intractable.

Nguyen, Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Kuhn and Mohajerin Esfahani (Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023) bridge the two by letting nature choose the joint distribution of parameter and noise from a ball of radius ρ\rhoρ around a nominal distribution in the type-2 Wasserstein distance. At ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 the problem is Bayesian; as ρ\rhoρ grows it becomes more conservative. For a normal nominal distribution they show that this distributionally robust problem is solved by an affine estimator, that a normal distribution is least favourable, and that both are computable from a finite convex program. The paper extends the Wasserstein Kalman filter of Shafieezadeh-Abadeh et al. (NeurIPS 2018), which treated a joint normal ball on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), to the model with independent parameter and noise.

Setting

The parameter is x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and the observation is y=Hx+w∈Rmy=Hx+w\in\mathbb R^my=Hx+w∈Rm, with a known observation matrix H∈Rm×nH\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}H∈Rm×n and noise www independent of xxx. Write M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) for the probability distributions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with finite second moments.

  • An estimator is a measurable ψ:Rm→Rn\psi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^nψ:Rm→Rn with ∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥)\|\psi(y)\|\le C(1+\|y\|)∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥) for some C>0C>0C>0; the family of estimators is F\mathcal FF, and A⊆F\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal FA⊆F is the family of affine estimators ψ(y)=Ay+b\psi(y)=Ay+bψ(y)=Ay+b.
  • The average risk of ψ\psiψ under a joint distribution Q\mathbb QQ of (x,w)(x,w)(x,w) is R(ψ,Q)=EQ[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2]\mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\|x-\psi(Hx+w)\|^2]R(ψ,Q)=EQ​[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2].
  • The type-2 Wasserstein distance W(Q1,Q2)\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)W(Q1​,Q2​) is the square root of the least expected squared distance E∥ξ1−ξ2∥2\mathbb E\|\xi_1-\xi_2\|^2E∥ξ1​−ξ2​∥2 over all couplings of Q1\mathbb Q_1Q1​ and Q2\mathbb Q_2Q2​.
  • The Gelbrich distance between mean–covariance pairs is
G((μ1,Σ1),(μ2,Σ2))=∥μ1−μ2∥2+Tr⁡[Σ1+Σ2−2(Σ21/2Σ1Σ21/2)1/2].\mathbb G((\mu_1,\Sigma_1),(\mu_2,\Sigma_2))=\sqrt{\|\mu_1-\mu_2\|^2+\operatorname{Tr}\big[\Sigma_1+\Sigma_2-2(\Sigma_2^{1/2}\Sigma_1\Sigma_2^{1/2})^{1/2}\big]}.G((μ1​,Σ1​),(μ2​,Σ2​))=∥μ1​−μ2​∥2+Tr[Σ1​+Σ2​−2(Σ21/2​Σ1​Σ21/2​)1/2]​.

The nominal distribution is a product P^=P^x×P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}=\widehat{\mathbb P}_x\times\widehat{\mathbb P}_wP=Px​×Pw​ with radii ρx,ρw≥0\rho_x,\rho_w\ge0ρx​,ρw​≥0. Three ambiguity sets of product distributions Qx×Qw\mathbb Q_x\times\mathbb Q_wQx​×Qw​ appear:

  • the Wasserstein ball B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P): Qx∈M(Rn)\mathbb Q_x\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^n)Qx​∈M(Rn), Qw∈M(Rm)\mathbb Q_w\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^m)Qw​∈M(Rm), W(Qx,P^x)≤ρx\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_x,\widehat{\mathbb P}_x)\le\rho_xW(Qx​,Px​)≤ρx​, W(Qw,P^w)≤ρw\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_w,\widehat{\mathbb P}_w)\le\rho_wW(Qw​,Pw​)≤ρw​;
  • the Gelbrich ball G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P): the marginals' mean–covariance pairs lie within Gelbrich distance ρx\rho_xρx​, ρw\rho_wρw​ of those of P^x\widehat{\mathbb P}_xPx​, P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}_wPw​;
  • for normal P^x=N(μ^x,Σ^x)\widehat{\mathbb P}_x=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\widehat\Sigma_x)Px​=N(μ​x​,Σx​), P^w=N(μ^w,Σ^w)\widehat{\mathbb P}_w=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\widehat\Sigma_w)Pw​=N(μ​w​,Σw​), the normal ball BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P): products N(μ^x,Σx)×N(μ^w,Σw)\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\Sigma_x)\times\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\Sigma_w)N(μ​x​,Σx​)×N(μ​w​,Σw​) in B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P) with Σx⪰0\Sigma_x\succeq0Σx​⪰0, Σw≻0\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Then BN(P^)⊆B(P^)⊆G(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P)⊆B(P)⊆G(P).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (sandwich theorem)

For P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P normal with Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0,

inf⁡ψ∈A sup⁡Q∈G(P^) R(ψ,Q)=sup⁡Q∈BN(P^) inf⁡ψ∈F R(ψ,Q).\inf_{\psi\in\mathcal A}\ \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \inf_{\psi\in\mathcal F}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q).ψ∈Ainf​ Q∈G(P)sup​ R(ψ,Q)=Q∈BN​(P)sup​ ψ∈Finf​ R(ψ,Q).

The left side is the Gelbrich MMSE problem (2.1), the right side the dual problem over normal priors (3.3). The Wasserstein problem (1.7), inf⁡Fsup⁡B\inf_{\mathcal F}\sup_{\mathbb B}infF​supB​, and its dual (3.1), sup⁡Binf⁡F\sup_{\mathbb B}\inf_{\mathcal F}supB​infF​, lie between them, so all four values coincide.

Milestones

  1. Proposition A.3: the closed form of sup⁡Σ⪰0⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr⁡[Σ−2(Σ^1/2ΣΣ^1/2)1/2]\sup_{\Sigma\succeq0}\langle D,\Sigma\rangle-\gamma\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma-2(\widehat\Sigma^{1/2}\Sigma\widehat\Sigma^{1/2})^{1/2}]supΣ⪰0​⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr[Σ−2(Σ1/2ΣΣ1/2)1/2] and its maximizer.
  2. Theorem 2.7: problem (2.1) equals a finite convex program (2.2), and for ρx,ρw>0\rho_x,\rho_w>0ρx​,ρw​>0 an affine estimator attains it.
  3. Lemma A.6: the covariance Gelbrich set S\mathcal SS is convex and compact, with Tr⁡[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr⁡[Σ^]1/2)2\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma]\le(\rho+\operatorname{Tr}[\widehat\Sigma]^{1/2})^2Tr[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr[Σ]1/2)2.
  4. Proposition A.4 (i): max⁡Σ∈S⟨D,Σ⟩\max_{\Sigma\in\mathcal S}\langle D,\Sigma\ranglemaxΣ∈S​⟨D,Σ⟩ equals a one-dimensional infimum (A.6).
  5. Lemma A.5: a max–min problem over S\mathcal SS has a maximizer Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I.
  6. Display (3.5): over normal priors, affine estimators suffice.
  7. Display (3.8): for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0 the value of (3.3) is a finite sup–inf over covariance matrices.

Companion statements, not milestones: Theorem 3.5 (problem (3.3) equals the finite program (3.4)), Corollary 4.2 (the optimal affine estimator and the optimal normal prior form a Nash equilibrium on B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P)) and Corollary 4.3 (the minimax estimator from a maximizer of (3.4)).

Significance

The sandwich theorem says that robustifying the MMSE problem against Wasserstein uncertainty around a normal distribution costs nothing in tractability: the optimal estimator is affine, the worst-case distribution is normal, and both follow from a convex program in the covariance matrices. The resulting estimator is a Kalman-type update with a least favourable covariance in place of the nominal one, which is what makes the result usable in filtering. The paper also extends it to elliptical nominal distributions (Section 5) and develops a Frank–Wolfe method for (3.4) (Section 6).

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formalization adds a checked account of a minimax argument that combines optimal transport (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws), nonlinear semidefinite programming (Propositions A.3 and A.4) and Bayesian estimation for Gaussian laws. The appendix statements are general facts about the Gelbrich ball of covariance matrices and serve beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The left side of the goal is an infimum over affine estimators of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions; the right side reverses the order and restricts nature to normal laws while allowing every estimator. Weak duality gives ≥\ge≥ at once. For the reverse inequality, Sion's minimax theorem cannot be applied to the distributions directly: BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is not convex, since mixtures of normal laws are not normal, and G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P) is not compact in any useful topology. The equality has to pass through the finite matrix problems, where the worst covariance matrices must be shown to stay bounded away from singularity so that the normal noise covariance remains positive definite. That is the role of Lemma A.5 and of the hypothesis Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The risk is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and every optimal value is a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]- or EReal-valued infimum or supremum restricted by a membership predicate. The finite programs (2.2), (3.4), (A.3), (A.5), (A.6), (A.9) take values in EReal.
  • M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) is "probability measure with E∥ξ∥2<∞\mathbb E\|\xi\|^2<\inftyE∥ξ∥2<∞" and is required wherever the page requires it, because means and covariances are Bochner integrals with junk value 000 otherwise.
  • F\mathcal FF keeps both measurability and linear growth.
  • N(μ,Σ)\mathcal N(\mu,\Sigma)N(μ,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian. W\mathbb WW, means, covariances, the PSD square root and the Gelbrich ball are the published definitions WassersteinDRO.Gelbrich.{wassersteinDistance, meanVector, covarianceMatrix, psdSqrt, meanCovarianceUncertaintySet}.
  • λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ and λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ are 000 at dimension 000, where every statement reduces to a trivial one.
  • Added hypothesis. The goal assumes Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, which the page omits. The theorem fails without it: for n=m=1n=m=1n=m=1, H=0H=0H=0, Σ^x=1\widehat\Sigma_x=1Σx​=1, Σ^w=0\widehat\Sigma_w=0Σw​=0 and ρx=ρw=0\rho_x=\rho_w=0ρx​=ρw​=0, the normal ball is empty while the left side equals 111. The page's own proof uses (3.8), which it derives only for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.
  • Theorem 3.5. The bounds Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I are stated for some maximizer of (3.4), not for every maximizer.
  • Omitted. Proposition A.4 (ii)–(iii) is false as printed in two places and is not posed (see the mission notes). Propositions 2.4 and 3.4 (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws) are already on the platform and are not posed again.
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is empty, the risk is a Bochner integral, or the optimal values are real sSup/sInf would make the goal trivial or false. A sanity check exhibits a member of BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) whenever Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, and an affine estimator.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are reusable lemmas on the Gelbrich ball, the matrix square root and Gaussian conditioning.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Bridging Bayesian and minimax mean square error estimation via Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.03539v2, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1176
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Wasserstein distributionally robust Kalman filtering, NeurIPS 31, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.08830
  • M. Gelbrich, On a formula for the L2 Wasserstein metric between measures on Euclidean and Hilbert spaces, Math. Nachr. 147, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1002/mana.19901470121
  • C. R. Givens, R. M. Shortt, A class of Wasserstein metrics for probability distributions, Michigan Math. J. 31(2), 1984. https://doi.org/10.1307/mmj/1029003026
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific J. Math. 8, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Distributionally robust inverse covariance estimation: the Wasserstein shrinkage estimator, Oper. Res. 70(1), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.07194
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations II: NAG-C Minimizes the Squared Gradient Norm at the Inverse Cubic Rate 8568‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(s²(k + 1)³)Research Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method for smooth convex objectives, here called NAG-C, reaches function-value accuracy O(L∥x0−x⋆∥2/k2)O(L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/k^2)O(L∥x0​−x⋆∥2/k2) after kkk gradient evaluations, which is optimal among first-order methods (Nesterov 1983; Nesterov 2004). In many uses the quantity of interest is not the function gap but the squared gradient norm ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2: it is computable without knowing the optimal value, it serves as a stopping criterion, and it controls duality gaps when the objective is a dual function. Combining the function-value rate with LLL-smoothness gives only ∥∇f(xk)∥2=O(L2/k2)\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2=O(L^2/k^2)∥∇f(xk​)∥2=O(L2/k2).

Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv:1810.08907) derived high-resolution ODEs for accelerated methods, keeping terms of order s\sqrt ss​ that the earlier low-resolution limit of Su, Boyd and Candès (2016) discards. One of the discrete consequences is Theorem 6: unmodified NAG-C minimizes the squared gradient norm at the inverse cubic rate O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3).

Timeline. Nesterov (1983) introduced the method and its O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) rate. Nesterov (2012) established an Ω(L2/k4)\Omega(L^2/k^4)Ω(L2/k4) lower bound for the squared gradient norm and matched it up to a logarithmic factor with a regularized scheme built on the strongly convex variant of the method, which takes ∥x0−x⋆∥\|x_0-x^\star\|∥x0​−x⋆∥ as input. Ghadimi and Lan (2016) reached O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3) with a modified accelerated method that adds a sequence of iterates and a larger step size. Attouch and Peypouquet (2016) proved o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) function values for a variant with momentum (k−1)/(k+α−1)(k-1)/(k+\alpha-1)(k−1)/(k+α−1), α>3\alpha>3α>3. Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv 2018; Math. Program. 2021) proved the O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3) rate for NAG-C itself, through a Lyapunov function suggested by the high-resolution ODE.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For L>0L>0L>0, the class FL1(Rn)\mathcal F^1_L(\mathbb R^n)FL1​(Rn) consists of the differentiable f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R with

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩,∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥(x,y∈Rn).f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle,\qquad \|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|\qquad(x,y\in\mathbb R^n).f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩,∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥(x,y∈Rn).

A point x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a minimizer of fff when f(x⋆)≤f(z)f(x^\star)\le f(z)f(x⋆)≤f(z) for every zzz.

Given a step size s>0s>0s>0 and an initial point x0x_0x0​, NAG-C generates y0=x0y_0=x_0y0​=x0​ and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

yk+1=xk−s∇f(xk),xk+1=yk+1+kk+3 (yk+1−yk).y_{k+1}=x_k-s\nabla f(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=y_{k+1}+\frac{k}{k+3}\,(y_{k+1}-y_k).yk+1​=xk​−s∇f(xk​),xk+1​=yk+1​+k+3k​(yk+1​−yk​).

The velocity is vk=(xk+1−xk)/sv_k=(x_{k+1}-x_k)/\sqrt svk​=(xk+1​−xk​)/s​, and the discrete Lyapunov function of the paper is

E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)(f(xk)−f(x⋆))+12∥(k+1)s vk+2(xk+1−x⋆)+(k+1)s∇f(xk)∥2.\mathcal E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)\bigl(f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\bigr)+\tfrac12\bigl\|(k+1)\sqrt s\,v_k+2(x_{k+1}-x^\star)+(k+1)s\nabla f(x_k)\bigr\|^2 .E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))+21​​(k+1)s​vk​+2(xk+1​−x⋆)+(k+1)s∇f(xk​)​2.

The last summand inside the norm, (k+1)s∇f(xk)(k+1)s\nabla f(x_k)(k+1)s∇f(xk​), is the gradient correction that the high-resolution ODE contributes and that the low-resolution analysis lacks.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

For f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​, a minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆, 0<s≤1/(3L)0<s\le1/(3L)0<s≤1/(3L) and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

min⁡0≤i≤k∥∇f(xi)∥2≤8568 ∥x0−x⋆∥2s2(k+1)3andf(xk)−f(x⋆)≤119 ∥x0−x⋆∥2s(k+1)2.\min_{0\le i\le k}\|\nabla f(x_i)\|^2\le\frac{8568\,\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{s^2(k+1)^3} \qquad\text{and}\qquad f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{119\,\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{s(k+1)^2}.0≤i≤kmin​∥∇f(xi​)∥2≤s2(k+1)38568∥x0​−x⋆∥2​andf(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤s(k+1)2119∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

The goal is the paper's theorem with its printed constants and both of its claims.

Milestones

In the paper's order of proof:

  1. the phase-space form (4.5) of NAG-C, the identity (4.13), and the exact one-step change (4.14) of E\mathcal EE;
  2. Lemma 4.3: E(k+1)−E(k)≤−s22((k+3)(k−1)−Ls(k+3)(k+1))∥∇f(xk+1)∥2\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)\le-\tfrac{s^2}{2}\bigl((k+3)(k-1)-Ls(k+3)(k+1)\bigr)\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2E(k+1)−E(k)≤−2s2​((k+3)(k−1)−Ls(k+3)(k+1))∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2 for k≥0k\ge0k≥0;
  3. the sign condition (4.7)–(4.8) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, the sum identity ∑i=3k−1[(i+3)(i−1)−13(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k3−38k+60)/9≥(k+1)3/36\sum_{i=3}^{k-1}[(i+3)(i-1)-\tfrac13(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k^3-38k+60)/9\ge(k+1)^3/36∑i=3k−1​[(i+3)(i−1)−31​(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k3−38k+60)/9≥(k+1)3/36, and (4.10);
  4. the initial estimates of Appendix C.1: ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2 for k≤3k\le3k≤3, f(xk)−f(x⋆)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)f(xk​)−f(x⋆) for k≤1k\le1k≤1, and E(3)≤E(2)≤119∥x0−x⋆∥2\mathcal E(3)\le\mathcal E(2)\le119\|x_0-x^\star\|^2E(3)≤E(2)≤119∥x0​−x⋆∥2;
  5. the rates (4.11) for k≥4k\ge4k≥4 and (4.12) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2.

Significance

The result. With s=1/(3L)s=1/(3L)s=1/(3L), Theorem 6 gives min⁡i≤k∥∇f(xi)∥2=O(L2∥x0−x⋆∥2/k3)\min_{i\le k}\|\nabla f(x_i)\|^2=O(L^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/k^3)mini≤k​∥∇f(xi​)∥2=O(L2∥x0​−x⋆∥2/k3) for the textbook method, with no restart, regularization or extra sequence. The rate is dimension-free and holds from the first iteration. It is a factor kkk better than what the function-value rate gives, and it separates the high-resolution description of NAG-C from the low-resolution one: the paper explains the bound by the gradient correction in E\mathcal EE.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper and, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked statement of NAG-C, its phase-space form and its Lyapunov function, which the other accelerated-method missions of this series (NAG-SC, the high-resolution ODEs) can mirror. Part of the paper's argument is a brute-force computation in Appendix C.1. A checked version would confirm the printed constants 856885688568 and 119119119; tighter constants or cleaner small-kkk arguments are welcome as separate theorems.

Difficulty

The obvious route goes through the function-value rate f(xk)−f(x⋆)=O(1/k2)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)=O(1/k^2)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)=O(1/k2) and the smoothness inequality ∥∇f(x)∥2≤2L(f(x)−f(x⋆))\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\le2L(f(x)-f(x^\star))∥∇f(x)∥2≤2L(f(x)−f(x⋆)). It stalls at O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) for the gradient, and no rearrangement of the classical estimate-sequence argument yields more. The extra factor of kkk comes from a Lyapunov function whose one-step decrease is weighted by k2∥∇f(xk+1)∥2k^2\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2k2∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2, and that decrease must be extracted exactly. The bookkeeping involves the kkk-dependent momentum k/(k+3)k/(k+3)k/(k+3), the identity coupling vkv_kvk​, vk−1v_{k-1}vk−1​ and two gradients, and the cocoercivity of ∇f\nabla f∇f. The sign of the decrease is lost for k≤1k\le1k≤1, so the first iterates need a separate argument with explicit constants.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient. The class FL1\mathcal F^1_LFL1​ is a structure in the paper's first-order form (L>0L>0L>0, differentiability, the convexity inequality, the Lipschitz gradient) and the velocity vkv_kvk​ is defined once, both in the shared definitions HighResODE.NAGSC.FunctionClass and HighResODE.NAGSC.Setting; this mission's definition file, HighResODE.NAGC.Setting, holds NAG-C as a predicate on two sequences indexed from k=0k=0k=0 and E\mathcal EE. Conventions:

  • The minimizer. x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a binder with the hypothesis that it minimizes fff. The paper presupposes a minimizer for a merely convex fff; this is the only hypothesis beyond the page's.
  • Real arithmetic in kkk. The momentum k/(k+3)k/(k+3)k/(k+3) and the factor k−1k-1k−1 of Lemma 4.3 are real numbers. A natural-number quotient would turn NAG-C into gradient descent, and a natural-number subtraction would change Lemma 4.3 at k=0k=0k=0.
  • Index shifts. Identities the page states for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 with index k−1k-1k−1 are stated at k+1k+1k+1 for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0.
  • Minima. min⁡0≤i≤k\min_{0\le i\le k}min0≤i≤k​ and min⁡4≤i≤k\min_{4\le i\le k}min4≤i≤k​ are finite minima (Finset.inf'), never a real infimum that could collapse to 000.
  • The whole theorem. The goal is the conjunction of both claims of Theorem 6, for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, with the printed constants. Dropping the function-value claim, restricting to k≥4k\ge4k≥4, or a degenerate momentum would each give a weaker, different statement.

Milestones (4.5), (4.13) and (4.14) assume only s>0s>0s>0 and the NAG-C recursion, which is stronger than the page. The remaining items carry the hypotheses of Theorem 6 or, for pure arithmetic, none beyond L,s>0L,s>0L,s>0. Needed infrastructure: elementary inner-product algebra, the cocoercivity inequality f(y)−f(x)≤⟨∇f(y),y−x⟩−12L∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2f(y)-f(x)\le\langle\nabla f(y),y-x\rangle-\tfrac1{2L}\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|^2f(y)−f(x)≤⟨∇f(y),y−x⟩−2L1​∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2 for f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​, which is reusable for any smooth convex method, and finite telescoping sums.

Selected references

  • B. Shi, S. S. Du, M. I. Jordan, W. J. Su, Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations, arXiv:1810.08907v3, 2018; Math. Program. (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08907v3, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01681-8
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27(2):372–376 (1983). No DOI; cited as [Nes83] in arXiv:1810.08907v3, p. 36.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • Y. Nesterov, How to make the gradients small, Optima 88:10–11 (2012). https://www.mathopt.org/Optima-Issues/optima88.pdf
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated gradient methods for nonconvex nonlinear and stochastic programming, Math. Program. 156:59–99 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0871-8
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, The rate of convergence of Nesterov's accelerated forward-backward method is actually faster than 1/k², SIAM J. Optim. 26(3):1824–1834 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1046095
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Calculus of VariationsFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonlinear Quasi-hemivariational Inequalities: Existence and Optimal Control: Existence of Solutions to the Generalized Quasi-Hemivariational InequalityResearch Paper

Motivation

Hemivariational inequalities were introduced by Panagiotopoulos in the 1980s to model mechanical problems whose energy functional is neither convex nor smooth: nonmonotone friction, adhesion, delamination and unilateral contact with nonmonotone multivalued laws. Where a variational inequality expresses the optimality condition of a convex energy, a hemivariational inequality expresses a stationarity condition of a locally Lipschitz energy through Clarke's generalized directional derivative. When in addition the admissible set depends on the unknown state, as in contact problems with a solution-dependent gap or in Nash-type equilibrium problems with coupled constraints, the problem becomes a quasi-hemivariational inequality.

Zeng, Migórski and Khan (SIAM J. Control Optim. 59 (2021)) treat a general form of this problem that contains a multivalued operator TTT, a bifunction φ\varphiφ and a constraint map KKK at once. Their existence theorem for it, Theorem 3.8, is the base of an optimal control result (Section 4) and of an application to a frictional contact problem in elasticity (Section 5). This mission formalizes the existence part, Sections 2 and 3 of the paper.

Setting

Let VVV be a real reflexive Banach space with dual V∗V^*V∗ and pairing ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, and let XXX, YYY be real Banach spaces. The data are: a nonempty closed convex set C⊆VC\subseteq VC⊆V; a multivalued constraint map K:C→2CK:C\to2^CK:C→2C; a multivalued operator T:C→2V∗T:C\to2^{V^*}T:C→2V∗; a function φ:V×V→R\varphi:V\times V\to\mathbb Rφ:V×V→R; a locally Lipschitz functional J:X→RJ:X\to\mathbb RJ:X→R; bounded linear operators γ:V→X\gamma:V\to Xγ:V→X and π:V→Y\pi:V\to Yπ:V→Y; a functional f∈Y∗f\in Y^*f∈Y∗; and an auxiliary function h:V→Rh:V\to\mathbb Rh:V→R.

For a locally Lipschitz JJJ, the Clarke generalized directional derivative and the generalized gradient are

J0(u;v)=lim sup⁡λ→0+, w→uJ(w+λv)−J(w)λ,∂J(u)={ξ∈X∗: J0(u;v)≥⟨ξ,v⟩ ∀v∈X}.J^0(u;v)=\limsup_{\lambda\to0^+,\ w\to u}\frac{J(w+\lambda v)-J(w)}{\lambda},\qquad \partial J(u)=\{\xi\in X^*:\ J^0(u;v)\ge\langle\xi,v\rangle\ \forall v\in X\}.J0(u;v)=λ→0+, w→ulimsup​λJ(w+λv)−J(w)​,∂J(u)={ξ∈X∗: J0(u;v)≥⟨ξ,v⟩ ∀v∈X}.

Problem 1.1 asks for u∈Cu\in Cu∈C and u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u) such that u∈K(u)u\in K(u)u∈K(u) and

⟨u∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+J0(γu;γ(v−u))≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩Y∗×Yfor all v∈K(u).\langle u^*,v-u\rangle+\varphi(v,u)+J^0(\gamma u;\gamma(v-u))\ge\langle f,\pi(v-u)\rangle_{Y^*\times Y}\quad\text{for all }v\in K(u).⟨u∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+J0(γu;γ(v−u))≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩Y∗×Y​for all v∈K(u).

Its solution set is Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f). Fixing the constraint set gives Problem 3.3: find u∈Cu\in Cu∈C and u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u) with the same inequality for all v∈Cv\in Cv∈C; its solution set is SOL(C;T,J,φ,f)\mathrm{SOL}(C;T,J,\varphi,f)SOL(C;T,J,φ,f). The variational selection S:C→2CS:C\to2^CS:C→2C maps w∈Cw\in Cw∈C to the solution set of Problem 3.3 with CCC replaced by K(w)K(w)K(w); its fixed points are exactly the solutions of Problem 1.1.

The hypotheses of the paper (p. 1250) are: TTT has nonempty, compact, convex values and is upper semicontinuous; T(⋅)+γ∗∂J(γ ⋅)T(\cdot)+\gamma^*\partial J(\gamma\,\cdot)T(⋅)+γ∗∂J(γ⋅) is (φ,h)(\varphi,h)(φ,h)-stably pseudomonotone with respect to π∗f\pi^*fπ∗f, where lim sup⁡t→0+h(tu)/t≥0\limsup_{t\to0^+}h(tu)/t\ge0limsupt→0+​h(tu)/t≥0 and hhh is weakly sequentially upper semicontinuous in the limsup sense (3.1); φ\varphiφ is convex and l.s.c. in its first argument, concave and u.s.c. in its second, and vanishes on the diagonal; KKK has nonempty closed convex values and satisfies two Mosco-type conditions (HK); a bounded set C0C_0C0​ meets every K(u)K(u)K(u) and, if CCC is unbounded, a coercivity condition (3.2) holds at each point of C0C_0C0​. Theorem 3.8 adds that γ\gammaγ is compact, hhh is convex, and lim sup⁡nφ(vn,un)≤φ(v,u)\limsup_n\varphi(v_n,u_n)\le\varphi(v,u)limsupn​φ(vn​,un​)≤φ(v,u) whenever vn→vv_n\to vvn​→v strongly and un⇀uu_n\rightharpoonup uun​⇀u weakly (3.19).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8 (ii)

Under all hypotheses of Theorem 3.8,

Γ(f)≠∅,Γ(f) is bounded,Γ(f) is weakly closed in V.\Gamma(f)\neq\emptyset,\qquad \Gamma(f)\ \text{is bounded},\qquad \Gamma(f)\ \text{is weakly closed in }V.Γ(f)=∅,Γ(f) is bounded,Γ(f) is weakly closed in V.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.5 (i)–(iii): J0(x;⋅)J^0(x;\cdot)J0(x;⋅) is sublinear, J0(x;v)=max⁡{⟨ξ,v⟩:ξ∈∂J(x)}J^0(x;v)=\max\{\langle\xi,v\rangle:\xi\in\partial J(x)\}J0(x;v)=max{⟨ξ,v⟩:ξ∈∂J(x)}, and (u,v)↦J0(u;v)(u,v)\mapsto J^0(u;v)(u,v)↦J0(u;v) is upper semicontinuous.
  2. Theorem 2.7 (Kluge): a multivalued self-map of a nonempty closed convex subset of a reflexive Banach space, with nonempty closed convex values and a sequentially weakly closed graph, has a fixed point if its domain or its range is bounded.
  3. Theorem 3.4 (i)–(iii): for Problem 3.3, the Minty-type characterization
⟨v∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+⟨ηv,γ(v−u)⟩≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩+h(v−u)∀v∈C, v∗∈T(v), ηv∈∂J(γv);\langle v^*,v-u\rangle+\varphi(v,u)+\langle\eta_v,\gamma(v-u)\rangle\ge\langle f,\pi(v-u)\rangle+h(v-u)\quad\forall v\in C,\ v^*\in T(v),\ \eta_v\in\partial J(\gamma v);⟨v∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+⟨ηv​,γ(v−u)⟩≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩+h(v−u)∀v∈C, v∗∈T(v), ηv​∈∂J(γv);

nonemptiness, boundedness and weak closedness of SOL(C;T,J,φ,f)\mathrm{SOL}(C;T,J,\varphi,f)SOL(C;T,J,φ,f); and its convexity when hhh is convex. 4. Theorem 3.8 (i): the same characterization for Problem 1.1, with CCC replaced by K(u)K(u)K(u). 5. Two claims from the proof of Theorem 3.8 (ii): the graph of SSS is sequentially weakly closed, and S(C)=⋃w∈CS(w)S(C)=\bigcup_{w\in C}S(w)S(C)=⋃w∈C​S(w) is bounded.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 is the existence result on which the rest of the paper rests: the optimal control problem of Section 4 minimizes F(f)=inf⁡u∈Γ(f)g(u,f)F(f)=\inf_{u\in\Gamma(f)}g(u,f)F(f)=infu∈Γ(f)​g(u,f) over f∈Y∗f\in Y^*f∈Y∗, and Section 5 casts an approximate static elastic contact model, with a multivalued normal compliance condition and a frictional law with slip-dependent friction coefficient, in the form of Problem 1.1 on a space of displacements. The theorem unifies several existence results for variational, hemivariational and quasi-variational inequalities: for single-valued TTT, J=0J=0J=0, π=id\pi=\mathrm{id}π=id, h=0h=0h=0 and φ(v,u)=ϕ(v)−ϕ(u)\varphi(v,u)=\phi(v)-\phi(u)φ(v,u)=ϕ(v)−ϕ(u), its Corollary 3.9 reduces to an earlier existence result for quasi-variational inequalities (Remark 3.10), and Theorem 3.4 removes the compactness of γ\gammaγ required in earlier work (Remark 3.6).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor Clarke's calculus on a Banach space, nor Kluge's fixed point theorem, has a machine-checked proof to our knowledge. A formalization adds a checked version of a proof that combines a KKM-type fixed point theorem, Minty's trick for pseudomonotone multivalued operators, and a fixed point argument for the variational selection.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Problem 1.1 is to fix www, solve the inequality on K(w)K(w)K(w), and take a fixed point of the solution map. Two steps resist. First, the solution map is multivalued and its values are only weakly closed, so a Schauder- or Kakutani-type theorem in the norm topology does not apply; the fixed point theorem must work with sequentially weakly closed graphs, and the graph closedness of SSS has to be proved by passing to the limit in inequalities in which unu_nun​ converges only weakly while the test points vn∈K(wn)v_n\in K(w_n)vn​∈K(wn​) must converge strongly. That passage uses the compactness of γ\gammaγ, the upper semicontinuity of J0J^0J0, condition (3.19) and the Mosco-type conditions together. Second, in the "there exists u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u)" form of the problem the inequality is not stable under weak limits in uuu, which is why the Minty reformulation and the stable pseudomonotonicity with the auxiliary function hhh are needed.

Formalization scope

All spaces are real normed spaces with CompleteSpace; V∗V^*V∗ is V →L[ℝ] ℝ with the operator-norm topology; reflexivity is surjectivity of NormedSpace.inclusionInDoubleDual ℝ V. No inner product and no finite dimension is assumed. Multivalued maps are total functions V → Set _, constrained on CCC only. Weak convergence xn⇀xx_n\rightharpoonup xxn​⇀x means ℓ(xn)→ℓ(x)\ell(x_n)\to\ell(x)ℓ(xn​)→ℓ(x) for every ℓ∈V∗\ell\in V^*ℓ∈V∗; "weakly closed" is sequential weak closedness, which for the bounded sets Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f) and SOL\mathrm{SOL}SOL in a reflexive space agrees with weak closedness. Adjoints are composition: ⟨γ∗η,w⟩=η(γw)\langle\gamma^*\eta,w\rangle=\eta(\gamma w)⟨γ∗η,w⟩=η(γw), ⟨π∗f,w⟩=f(πw)\langle\pi^*f,w\rangle=f(\pi w)⟨π∗f,w⟩=f(πw). J0J^0J0 is a real Filter.limsup and is used only under LocallyLipschitz J. Every lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup, infimum and limit in the hypotheses (lim sup⁡t→0+h(tu)/t≥0\limsup_{t\to0^+}h(tu)/t\ge0limsupt→0+​h(tu)/t≥0, (3.1), (3.2), (3.19)) is written with explicit ε\varepsilonε–NNN quantifiers, so no default value of a real lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup or inf⁡\infinf can make a hypothesis vacuous.

Four corrections to the printed hypotheses are built in and stated in each item's note: the pairing in (3.2) is ⟨ηu,γ(u−v0)⟩\langle\eta_u,\gamma(u-v_0)\rangle⟨ηu​,γ(u−v0​)⟩ (the page's ⟨ηu,u−v0⟩\langle\eta_u,u-v_0\rangle⟨ηu​,u−v0​⟩ does not typecheck); T(u)T(u)T(u) is nonempty for u∈Cu\in Cu∈C; the condition (3.2) assumed in Theorem 3.4 refers to a bounded set C0C_0C0​ that meets CCC; and for Theorem 3.8 (ii) and the boundedness of S(C)S(C)S(C), (3.2) in (HC0) holds uniformly in v0∈C0v_0\in C_0v0​∈C0​ (one RRR for each MMM), which is what the proof on pp. 1260–1261 uses. With (3.2) only at each fixed v0∈C0v_0\in C_0v0​∈C0​, as printed, Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f) can be unbounded; the counterexample is in the note of Theorem 3.8 (ii). Theorem 3.8 (i) and the graph-closedness of SSS keep (HC0) as printed. A formalization in which TTT may have empty values, C0C_0C0​ may be empty or disjoint from CCC, VVV is a Hilbert or finite-dimensional space, a real lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup default value makes the conditions on hhh or (3.19) vacuous, or "bounded" or "weakly closed" is dropped from the conclusion, would be a different and weaker theorem.

The development needs Clarke's calculus on a Banach space (Proposition 2.5, which relies on the Hahn–Banach theorem), Eberlein–Šmulian or Kakutani's theorem on weak compactness of bounded closed convex sets in reflexive spaces, Mazur's lemma, a KKM-type fixed point theorem in Hausdorff topological vector spaces, and Kluge's fixed point theorem. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission: Clarke's calculus for every nonsmooth optimization statement on Banach spaces, and the fixed point theorems for variational and quasi-variational inequalities in general. Contributions of any of them, of alternative proofs, and of proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Zeng, S. Migórski, A. A. Khan, Nonlinear quasi-hemivariational inequalities: existence and optimal control, SIAM J. Control Optim. 59(2) (2021) 1246–1274. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1282210
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; reprinted SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 5, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • R. Kluge, Nichtlineare Variationsungleichungen und Extremalaufgaben, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1979.
  • S. Migórski, A. Ochal, M. Sofonea, Nonlinear Inclusions and Hemivariational Inequalities, Springer, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-4232-5
  • P. D. Panagiotopoulos, Hemivariational Inequalities: Applications in Mechanics and Engineering, Springer, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-51677-1
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations I: NAG-SC with Step Size 1/(4L) Satisfies f(xₖ) − f(x⋆) ≤ 5L‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(1 + √(μ/L)/12)ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method is the standard example of a first-order method that is provably faster than gradient descent. On a μ\muμ-strongly convex function with LLL-Lipschitz gradient, gradient descent reduces the objective gap by a factor 1−O(μ/L)1-O(\mu/L)1−O(μ/L) per step, while the accelerated method achieves 1−O(μ/L)1-O(\sqrt{\mu/L})1−O(μ/L​), the best possible rate for first-order methods (Nesterov, 2004/2013). The classical proof uses the estimate sequence technique, which certifies the rate but does not explain where the acceleration comes from.

Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv:1810.08907, published in Mathematical Programming, 2021) propose an explanation through high-resolution ordinary differential equations: continuous-time limits of the algorithms that keep terms of order s\sqrt ss​ in the step size sss. The heavy-ball method and Nesterov's method have the same low-resolution limit but different high-resolution limits; the extra term, a gradient correction s ∇2f(X)X˙\sqrt s\,\nabla^2 f(X)\dot Xs​∇2f(X)X˙, is what separates the two. From the high-resolution ODE of Nesterov's method the authors derive a discrete Lyapunov function and use it to give, in their words, the first Lyapunov-function-based proof of the accelerated linear rate of Nesterov's method for strongly convex functions. This mission formalizes that discrete result, Theorem 3 of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1964: Polyak introduces the heavy-ball method, with local accelerated convergence.
  • 1983: Nesterov introduces the accelerated gradient method, with global accelerated rates.
  • 2004/2013: Nesterov's textbook proves the rate f(xk)−f(x⋆)=O((1−μ/L)k)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)=O((1-\sqrt{\mu/L})^k)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)=O((1−μ/L​)k) for NAG-SC with s=1/Ls=1/Ls=1/L by estimate sequences.
  • 2014–2016: Su, Boyd and Candès derive the low-resolution ODE limit of Nesterov's method for convex functions; Wilson, Recht and Jordan give Lyapunov analyses in continuous and discrete time.
  • 2018: Shi, Du, Jordan and Su introduce high-resolution ODEs and prove Theorem 3 with an explicit Lyapunov function.

Setting

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ be the Euclidean norm on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ the inner product. For L>0L>0L>0, the class FL1(Rn)\mathcal F^1_L(\mathbb R^n)FL1​(Rn) consists of differentiable functions fff with f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\ranglef(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩ for all x,yx,yx,y (convexity) and ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ (an LLL-Lipschitz gradient). For 0<μ≤L0<\mu\le L0<μ≤L, the class Sμ,L1(Rn)\mathcal S^1_{\mu,L}(\mathbb R^n)Sμ,L1​(Rn) consists of those f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​ with

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+μ2∥y−x∥2for all x,y.f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\mu2\|y-x\|^2\qquad\text{for all }x,y.f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2μ​∥y−x∥2for all x,y.

Such an fff has a unique minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆.

NAG-SC with step size s>0s>0s>0 starts from any x0=y0∈Rnx_0=y_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​=y0​∈Rn and iterates

yk+1=xk−s∇f(xk),xk+1=yk+1+1−μs1+μs (yk+1−yk),k≥0.y_{k+1}=x_k-s\nabla f(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=y_{k+1}+\frac{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}{1+\sqrt{\mu s}}\,(y_{k+1}-y_k),\qquad k\ge0.yk+1​=xk​−s∇f(xk​),xk+1​=yk+1​+1+μs​1−μs​​(yk+1​−yk​),k≥0.

The velocity is vk=(xk+1−xk)/sv_k=(x_{k+1}-x_k)/\sqrt svk​=(xk+1​−xk​)/s​, and the discrete Lyapunov function of the paper is

E(k)=1+μs1−μs(f(xk)−f(x⋆))+14∥vk∥2+14∥vk+2μ1−μs(xk+1−x⋆)+s ∇f(xk)∥2−s∥∇f(xk)∥22(1−μs).\mathcal E(k)=\frac{1+\sqrt{\mu s}}{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}\big(f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\big)+\frac14\|v_k\|^2+\frac14\Big\|v_k+\frac{2\sqrt\mu}{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}(x_{k+1}-x^\star)+\sqrt s\,\nabla f(x_k)\Big\|^2-\frac{s\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2}{2(1-\sqrt{\mu s})}.E(k)=1−μs​1+μs​​(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))+41​∥vk​∥2+41​​vk​+1−μs​2μ​​(xk+1​−x⋆)+s​∇f(xk​)​2−2(1−μs​)s∥∇f(xk​)∥2​.

In Lean these are IsF1, IsS1, IsNAGSC, vel and lyap in the namespace HighResODE.NAGSC.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 16)

For f∈Sμ,L1(Rn)f\in\mathcal S^1_{\mu,L}(\mathbb R^n)f∈Sμ,L1​(Rn) and step size s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), the iterates of NAG-SC satisfy, for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

f(xk)−f(x⋆)≤5L∥x0−x⋆∥2(1+112μ/L)k.f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{5L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{\big(1+\frac1{12}\sqrt{\mu/L}\big)^k}.f(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤(1+121​μ/L​)k5L∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

The statement mentions only fff, x⋆x^\starx⋆, the iterates and the constants; the Lyapunov function does not appear in it.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. (2.5), p. 11: the phase-space representation of NAG-SC in terms of xkx_kxk​ and vkv_kvk​, and the initial velocity v0=−2s ∇f(x0)/(1+μs)v_0=-2\sqrt s\,\nabla f(x_0)/(1+\sqrt{\mu s})v0​=−2s​∇f(x0​)/(1+μs​).
  2. (3.15), p. 19: an upper bound on E(k)\mathcal E(k)E(k) by f(xk)−f(x⋆)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)f(xk​)−f(x⋆), ∥vk∥2\|v_k\|^2∥vk​∥2, ∥xk−x⋆∥2\|x_k-x^\star\|^2∥xk​−x⋆∥2 and f(xk)−f(x⋆)−s2∥∇f(xk)∥2f(x_k)-f(x^\star)-\frac s2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2f(xk​)−f(x⋆)−2s​∥∇f(xk​)∥2.
  3. (B.2), p. 51: a bound on E(k+1)−E(k)\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)E(k+1)−E(k) by ⟨∇f(xk+1),xk+1−x⋆⟩\langle\nabla f(x_{k+1}),x_{k+1}-x^\star\rangle⟨∇f(xk+1​),xk+1​−x⋆⟩, ∥vk+1∥2\|v_{k+1}\|^2∥vk+1​∥2 and ∥∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})-\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​)∥2.
  4. (3.16), pp. 19–20: the first-difference bound in the same quantities as (3.15), for s≤1/(2L)s\le1/(2L)s≤1/(2L).
  5. Lemma 3.4, p. 16: for 0<s≤1/(4L)0<s\le1/(4L)0<s≤1/(4L), E(k+1)−E(k)≤−μs6E(k+1)\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)\le-\frac{\sqrt{\mu s}}6\mathcal E(k+1)E(k+1)−E(k)≤−6μs​​E(k+1).
  6. (3.7), p. 16: at s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), f(xk)−f(x⋆)≤4(1−μ/(4L))3+4μ/(4L)E(k)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{4(1-\sqrt{\mu/(4L)})}{3+4\sqrt{\mu/(4L)}}\mathcal E(k)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤3+4μ/(4L)​4(1−μ/(4L)​)​E(k).
  7. (3.8), p. 17: at s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), E(k)≤E(0)/(1+112μ/L)k\mathcal E(k)\le\mathcal E(0)/(1+\frac1{12}\sqrt{\mu/L})^kE(k)≤E(0)/(1+121​μ/L​)k.
  8. (3.9), p. 17: E(0)≤[⋯ ]⋅L∥x0−x⋆∥2\mathcal E(0)\le[\cdots]\cdot L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2E(0)≤[⋯]⋅L∥x0​−x⋆∥2 with the bracket printed on the page.

A further item, not a milestone, states that the resulting constant Cμ/LC_{\mu/L}Cμ/L​ (p. 17) is less than five.

Significance

Theorem 3 recovers the optimal accelerated rate of NAG-SC, log⁡(f(xk)−f(x⋆))≤−Ω(kμ/L)\log(f(x_k)-f(x^\star))\le-\Omega(k\sqrt{\mu/L})log(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))≤−Ω(kμ/L​), with fully explicit constants: step size 1/(4L)1/(4L)1/(4L), rate (1+μ/L/12)−1(1+\sqrt{\mu/L}/12)^{-1}(1+μ/L​/12)−1 and prefactor 5L∥x0−x⋆∥25L\|x_0-x^\star\|^25L∥x0​−x⋆∥2. The proof is a single Lyapunov inequality (Lemma 3.4) rather than an estimate sequence, and the same Lyapunov function, read in continuous time, explains acceleration through the gradient correction term. The heavy-ball method, which lacks this term, admits only a non-accelerated global rate under the same analysis.

The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge neither Theorem 3 nor its Lyapunov function has a machine-checked proof. The platform carries a formalization target for a different statement about Nesterov's method in the strongly convex case (Bubeck's Theorem 3.18, step 1/L1/L1/L, rate (1−1/κ)t−1(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^{t-1}(1−1/κ​)t−1, constant (α+β)/2(\alpha+\beta)/2(α+β)/2), which is not this theorem. A completed mission yields a checked discrete Lyapunov proof of acceleration, with every inequality of the paper's proof as a separate reusable statement.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, unrolling the two-step recursion and bounding it as a linear system, works only for quadratics and loses the constants. The Lyapunov route avoids this, but its core step, the first-difference bound (B.2), is a long computation in the appendix (pp. 51–56): the cross terms coming from the momentum and from the gradient difference ∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_{k+1})-\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​) must cancel exactly, and the small negative term of E\mathcal EE exists only to make them cancel. Lemma 3.4 then needs the comparison of four coefficient pairs between (3.15) and (3.16), which holds only because s≤1/(4L)s\le1/(4L)s≤1/(4L) forces μs≤1/2\sqrt{\mu s}\le1/2μs​≤1/2. Finally, the inequality Cμ/L<5C_{\mu/L}<5Cμ/L​<5 is an elementary but unpleasant one-variable estimate.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with nnn arbitrary; ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f.
  • The classes are structures stating the page's first-order inequalities; differentiability, L>0L>0L>0 and 0<μ≤L0<\mu\le L0<μ≤L are fields. Strong convexity is the page's inequality with ∥y−x∥2\|y-x\|^2∥y−x∥2.
  • The minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a binder with ∀ z, f xs ≤ f z; the stationarity ∇f(x⋆)=0\nabla f(x^\star)=0∇f(x⋆)=0 is not assumed separately.
  • NAG-SC is a predicate on the pair of sequences that fixes them from x0x_0x0​ (with y0=x0y_0=x_0y0​=x0​), indexed from k=0k=0k=0. The goal holds for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0.
  • The step size in the goal, (3.7) and (3.8) is exactly 1/(4L)1/(4L)1/(4L); Lemma 3.4, (3.15) and (B.2) assume 0<s≤1/(4L)0<s\le1/(4L)0<s≤1/(4L) (for (3.15) and (B.2) this is the standing range of the proof of Lemma 3.4); (3.16) assumes 0<s≤1/(2L)0<s\le1/(2L)0<s≤1/(2L) as printed; (2.5) and (3.9) assume s>0s>0s>0 and μs<1\mu s<1μs<1, which is all their formulas need.
  • Square roots are Real.sqrt, with μs\sqrt{\mu s}μs​ and μ/(4L)\sqrt{\mu/(4L)}μ/(4L)​ written as on the page.

A formalization that let the NAG-SC predicate constrain only the yyy-update, dropped the Lipschitz-gradient bound from the class, or left the step size as a free parameter unrelated to LLL would make the goal false or vacuous; the statements here do none of these.

A complete development needs the standard smoothness facts for FL1\mathcal F^1_LFL1​ (the descent lemma, 12L∥∇f(x)∥2≤f(x)−f(x⋆)\frac1{2L}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\le f(x)-f(x^\star)2L1​∥∇f(x)∥2≤f(x)−f(x⋆), co-coercivity), which are reusable well beyond this mission, followed by the algebra of (B.2). Contributions of proofs of individual milestones, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Shi, S. S. Du, M. I. Jordan, W. J. Su, Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations, arXiv:1810.08907v3, 2018; Mathematical Programming, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08907, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01681-8
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • B. T. Polyak, Some methods of speeding up the convergence of iteration methods, USSR Computational Mathematics and Mathematical Physics 4(5), 1964. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(64)90137-5
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
  • A. C. Wilson, B. Recht, M. I. Jordan, A Lyapunov Analysis of Accelerated Methods in Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22, 2021 (arXiv:1611.02635). https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.02635
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, Theorem 3.18. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Douglas-Rachford Splitting and ADMM for Nonconvex Optimization: Tight Convergence Results V: The Image Function (Af) Is Smooth Under Relative Smoothness, Lipschitz Minimizers, or ConvexityResearch Paper

Why the smoothness of an image function matters

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) solves problems of the form min⁡{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=b}\min\{f(x)+g(z)\mid Ax+Bz=b\}min{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=b} and is a standard tool in signal processing, statistics and distributed optimization (Boyd et al., 2011). For convex problems ADMM is known to be the Douglas–Rachford splitting (DRS) applied to a dual problem. Themelis and Patrinos (arXiv:1709.05747v4, SIAM J. Optim. 30(1), 2020) show a primal equivalence that holds without convexity: one ADMM step is one DRS step on the problem

min⁡s∈Rp (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b−s),\min_{s\in\mathbb R^p}\ (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b-s),s∈Rpmin​ (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b−s),

where (Af)(Af)(Af) and (Bg)(Bg)(Bg) are image functions (their Theorem 5.5). Their nonconvex DRS theory (Theorem 4.3) requires the first summand φ1=(Af)\varphi_1=(Af)φ1​=(Af) to have a Lipschitz continuous gradient. Convergence guarantees for nonconvex ADMM therefore rest on knowing when (Af)(Af)(Af) is smooth and with which constants. Section 5.4.2 of the paper answers this question in Theorem 5.13, the target of this mission.

Setting

Let A∈Rp×nA\in\mathbb R^{p\times n}A∈Rp×n be a matrix, viewed as a linear map Rn→Rp\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^pRn→Rp with transpose A⊤A^\topA⊤ and spectral norm ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥, and let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. The image function (Definition 5.1) is

(Af)(s)=inf⁡{f(x)∣Ax=s},s∈Rp,(Af)(s)=\inf\{f(x)\mid Ax=s\},\qquad s\in\mathbb R^p,(Af)(s)=inf{f(x)∣Ax=s},s∈Rp,

the least value of fff on the fibre A−1(s)A^{-1}(s)A−1(s). It can be +∞+\infty+∞ (empty fibre) or −∞-\infty−∞ (unbounded below). Write X(s)=arg min⁡{f(x)∣Ax=s}X(s)=\operatorname*{arg\,min}\{f(x)\mid Ax=s\}X(s)=argmin{f(x)∣Ax=s} for the set of minimizers on the fibre.

A differentiable hhh is LLL-smooth if ∥∇h(x)−∇h(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla h(x)-\nabla h(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇h(x)−∇h(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥, and σ\sigmaσ-hypoconvex if h−σ2∥⋅∥2h-\frac\sigma2\|\cdot\|^2h−2σ​∥⋅∥2 is convex; C1,1(Rn)C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)C1,1(Rn) is the class of LLL-smooth functions (§2.2). For σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 hypoconvexity is σ\sigmaσ-strong convexity; for σ<0\sigma<0σ<0 it allows nonconvexity.

The paper introduces smoothness relative to a matrix (Definition 5.12). A differentiable fff belongs to CA1,1(Rn)C^{1,1}_A(\mathbb R^n)CA1,1​(Rn) with constants ∣σf,A∣≤Lf,A|\sigma_{f,A}|\le L_{f,A}∣σf,A​∣≤Lf,A​ if

σf,A∥A(x−y)∥2≤⟨∇f(x)−∇f(y),x−y⟩≤Lf,A∥A(x−y)∥2\sigma_{f,A}\|A(x-y)\|^2\le\langle\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y),x-y\rangle\le L_{f,A}\|A(x-y)\|^2σf,A​∥A(x−y)∥2≤⟨∇f(x)−∇f(y),x−y⟩≤Lf,A​∥A(x−y)∥2

whenever ∇f(x),∇f(y)∈range⁡A⊤\nabla f(x),\nabla f(y)\in\operatorname{range}A^\top∇f(x),∇f(y)∈rangeA⊤. The condition only concerns points whose gradient is orthogonal to ker⁡A\ker AkerA, which includes every minimizer of fff on a fibre.

Finally, σ+(M)\sigma_+(M)σ+​(M) denotes the smallest nonzero singular value of a nonzero matrix MMM (p. 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.13

Let AAA be surjective and fff lower semicontinuous, and suppose that for some β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 the function f+β2∥A⋅−s∥2f+\frac\beta2\|A\cdot-s\|^2f+2β​∥A⋅−s∥2 is level bounded for every sss. Then (Af)(Af)(Af) is real-valued, L(Af)L_{(Af)}L(Af)​-smooth and σ(Af)\sigma_{(Af)}σ(Af)​-hypoconvex on Rp\mathbb R^pRp in each of three cases:

  1. f∈CA1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}_A(\mathbb R^n)f∈CA1,1​(Rn): L(Af)=Lf,A\quad L_{(Af)}=L_{f,A}L(Af)​=Lf,A​,  σ(Af)=σf,A\ \sigma_{(Af)}=\sigma_{f,A} σ(Af)​=σf,A​;
  2. f∈C1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)f∈C1,1(Rn) and X(s)X(s)X(s) is single valued and MMM-Lipschitz:
L(Af)=LfM2,σ(Af)={σf/∥A∥2σf≥0,σfM2σf<0;L_{(Af)}=L_fM^2,\qquad \sigma_{(Af)}=\begin{cases}\sigma_f/\|A\|^2&\sigma_f\ge0,\\ \sigma_fM^2&\sigma_f<0;\end{cases}L(Af)​=Lf​M2,σ(Af)​={σf​/∥A∥2σf​M2​σf​≥0,σf​<0;​
  1. f∈C1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)f∈C1,1(Rn) is convex: L(Af)=Lf/σ+(A⊤A)\quad L_{(Af)}=L_f/\sigma_+(A^\top A)L(Af)​=Lf​/σ+​(A⊤A),  σ(Af)=σf/∥A∥2\ \sigma_{(Af)}=\sigma_f/\|A\|^2 σ(Af)​=σf​/∥A∥2.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: properness of image functions (Proposition 5.2(i)); lower semicontinuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) and nonemptiness of X(s)X(s)X(s); strict continuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) and nonemptiness of its limiting subdifferential; the subgradient transfer A⊤∂^(Af)(sˉ)⊆∂^f(xˉ)A^\top\hat\partial(Af)(\bar s)\subseteq\hat\partial f(\bar x)A⊤∂^(Af)(sˉ)⊆∂^f(xˉ) (Proposition 5.3); the identity (5.7) relating subgradients of (Af)(Af)(Af) to gradients of fff at fibre minimizers; strong convexity of image functions (Proposition 5.4); and the subdifferential characterization of smoothness (Lemma 2.1).

Significance

Theorem 5.13 is what makes the DRS convergence results of the paper apply to ADMM in practice: Theorem 5.6 of the paper assumes (Af)(Af)(Af) is smooth, and this theorem gives conditions on fff and AAA under which that assumption holds, with explicit constants that enter the admissible penalty parameters. Case (i) is weaker than requiring fff itself to be C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1: the paper's example f(x,y)=12x2y2f(x,y)=\frac12x^2y^2f(x,y)=21​x2y2, A=[1 0]A=[1\ 0]A=[1 0] satisfies it with Lf,A=0L_{f,A}=0Lf,A​=0 although ∇f\nabla f∇f is not globally Lipschitz. Case (iii) recovers the convex setting with a constant governed by the conditioning of AAA. Propositions 5.3 and 5.4 and Lemma 2.1 are general tools of variational analysis that apply beyond this theorem.

The result is proved in the paper, with parts of the argument delegated to Rockafellar–Wets (Thms. 1.32, 9.13, 10.13) and to Nesterov's cocoercivity theorem. No machine-checked version is known to exist. A formalization would also need image functions, regular and limiting subdifferentials on Rp\mathbb R^pRp, and parametric minimization, none of which Mathlib currently provides.

Difficulty

The image function is defined by an infimum, so smoothness of (Af)(Af)(Af) cannot be read off a formula. The proof goes through the limiting subdifferential: it shows that (Af)(Af)(Af) is lower semicontinuous and strictly continuous, so that ∂(Af)\partial(Af)∂(Af) is nonempty, relates each subgradient yyy of (Af)(Af)(Af) to a gradient ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) at a fibre minimizer, and then applies a subdifferential characterization of C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 functions (Lemma 2.1). The obvious shortcut, an envelope or implicit-function argument that differentiates through the minimizer map X(s)X(s)X(s), fails: X(s)X(s)X(s) need not be single valued or continuous in cases (i) and (iii). Limiting subgradients also require a compactness argument (uniform level boundedness) to pass from regular subgradients at nearby points to minimizers on the limit fibre.

Formalization scope

Spaces are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), matrices are continuous linear maps with ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint as transpose and the operator norm as ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥, and "surjective" is Function.Surjective. fff is real-valued; the image function imageFn is an EReal infimum over the fibre, and the conclusion asserts that it equals a real function FFF that is LLL-smooth and σ\sigmaσ-hypoconvex. Regular and limiting subdifferentials are the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.IsRegularSubgrad and LimitingSubdiff. The three cases are three separate implications, each with the constants printed in the theorem. In case (iii), σ+(A⊤A)\sigma_+(A^\top A)σ+​(A⊤A) is passed as a number ccc with the hypothesis that ccc is the least value of ∥A⊤y∥2\|A^\top y\|^2∥A⊤y∥2 over unit vectors yyy, which equals the smallest nonzero eigenvalue of A⊤AA^\top AA⊤A for surjective AAA. For p=0p=0p=0 this set is empty and case (iii) is vacuous.

The goal does not assume that (Af)(Af)(Af) is real-valued, differentiable or strictly continuous, nor that fibre minimizers exist outside case (ii). A statement making any of these assumptions would be trivial or circular. Definition 5.12 keeps its range guard; dropping the guard would turn case (i) into ordinary C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 smoothness.

Three points differ from the printed text, and each is disclosed in the item concerned:

  • Lemma 2.1 is stated for lower semicontinuous hhh. On R\mathbb RR, the step function h=−1h=-1h=−1 on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0) and 000 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) has ∂h≡{0}\partial h\equiv\{0\}∂h≡{0} but is not differentiable. Theorem 5.13 applies the lemma to the lsc function (Af)(Af)(Af).
  • Strict continuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) is stated for C1C^1C1 functions fff. The page's "since fff is differentiable" is not enough: f(x)=x2sin⁡(1/x2)+2x2f(x)=x^2\sin(1/x^2)+2x^2f(x)=x2sin(1/x2)+2x2 with A=1A=1A=1 is a counterexample.
  • (5.7) is stated for limiting subgradients, which is what the proof needs.

The definitions of this mission (image function, relative smoothness, strong convexity of extended-valued functions) are reusable for any analysis of ADMM or of marginal functions. Proofs of the milestones, of Lemma 2.1 as a standalone result, and supporting variational-analysis lemmas are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Themelis, P. Patrinos, Douglas–Rachford splitting and ADMM for nonconvex optimization: tight convergence results, SIAM J. Optim. 30(1):149–181, 2020. arXiv:1709.05747v4, doi:10.1137/18M1163993
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Grundlehren 317, Springer, 1998. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • Y. Nesterov, Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2018. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-91578-4
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, 2nd ed., Springer, 2017. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-48311-5
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed optimization and statistical learning via the alternating direction method of multipliers, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3(1):1–122, 2011. doi:10.1561/2200000016
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamical SystemsNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

From Differential Equation Solvers to Accelerated First-Order Methods for Convex Optimization 2: The NAG Flow Has a Unique C² Solution and Its Lyapunov Function Satisfies ℒ(t) ≤ e^(−t)ℒ(0)Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated first-order methods, above all Nesterov's accelerated gradient (NAG) method, minimize a convex function with an LLL-Lipschitz gradient to accuracy ε\varepsilonε in O(L/ε)O(\sqrt{L/\varepsilon})O(L/ε​) gradient evaluations, and a μ\muμ-strongly convex one in O(L/μlog⁡(1/ε))O(\sqrt{L/\mu}\log(1/\varepsilon))O(L/μ​log(1/ε)), against O(L/ε)O(L/\varepsilon)O(L/ε) and O((L/μ)log⁡(1/ε))O((L/\mu)\log(1/\varepsilon))O((L/μ)log(1/ε)) for gradient descent. Since Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv:1503.01243) read Nesterov's method as a discretization of the ODE x′′+3tx′+∇f(x)=0x''+\frac3tx'+\nabla f(x)=0x′′+t3​x′+∇f(x)=0, a line of work has tried to derive accelerated methods from continuous-time models with a Lyapunov function, e.g. Wibisono, Wilson and Jordan (arXiv:1603.04245) and Wilson, Recht and Jordan (arXiv:1611.02635).

Luo and Chen (arXiv:1909.03145, Math. Program. 2022) propose a single ODE, the NAG flow, that covers the convex case μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and the strongly convex case μ>0\mu>0μ>0 at once, through a time-dependent scaling factor γ(t)\gamma(t)γ(t). Its Lyapunov function decays like e−te^{-t}e−t for every μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0. The rest of their paper discretizes this flow (implicit, predictor–corrector, gradient-corrected and semi-implicit schemes; missions 3–8 of this series) and transfers the decay to the discrete Lyapunov function. This mission formalizes the continuous result, Lemma 3.2 of the paper, on which those discretizations are modelled.

Setting

Let VVV be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. A function f:V→Rf:V\to\mathbb Rf:V→R is in the class Sμ1\mathcal S^1_\muSμ1​ if it is continuously differentiable and, for some μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0,

f(x)−f(y)−⟨∇f(y),x−y⟩ ≥ μ2∥x−y∥2∀ x,y∈V,f(x)-f(y)-\langle\nabla f(y),x-y\rangle\ \ge\ \frac{\mu}{2}\|x-y\|^2\qquad\forall\,x,y\in V,f(x)−f(y)−⟨∇f(y),x−y⟩ ≥ 2μ​∥x−y∥2∀x,y∈V,

the μ\muμ-convexity of fff (strong convexity when μ>0\mu>0μ>0). It is in Sμ,L1,1\mathcal S^{1,1}_{\mu,L}Sμ,L1,1​ if moreover ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz with 0<L<∞0<L<\infty0<L<∞. A global minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of fff is assumed to exist.

The scaling factor solves γ′=μ−γ\gamma'=\mu-\gammaγ′=μ−γ, γ(0)=γ0>0\gamma(0)=\gamma_0>0γ(0)=γ0​>0:

γ(t)=μ+(γ0−μ)e−t,t≥0.\gamma(t)=\mu+(\gamma_0-\mu)e^{-t},\qquad t\ge0 .γ(t)=μ+(γ0​−μ)e−t,t≥0.

It is positive for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and tends to μ\muμ; for μ=0\mu=0μ=0 it is γ0e−t\gamma_0e^{-t}γ0​e−t.

The NAG flow is the first-order system

x′=v−x,γv′=μ(x−v)−∇f(x),x(0)=x0, v(0)=v0,(56)x'=v-x,\qquad \gamma v'=\mu(x-v)-\nabla f(x),\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ v(0)=v_0, \tag{56}x′=v−x,γv′=μ(x−v)−∇f(x),x(0)=x0​, v(0)=v0​,(56)

or, equivalently, the second-order equation

γx′′+(μ+γ)x′+∇f(x)=0,x(0)=x0, x′(0)=v0−x0.(57)\gamma x''+(\mu+\gamma)x'+\nabla f(x)=0,\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ x'(0)=v_0-x_0. \tag{57}γx′′+(μ+γ)x′+∇f(x)=0,x(0)=x0​, x′(0)=v0​−x0​.(57)

Its Lyapunov function is

L(t)=f(x(t))−f(x∗)+γ(t)2∥v(t)−x∗∥2,v=x+x′.(58)\mathcal L(t)=f(x(t))-f(x^*)+\frac{\gamma(t)}{2}\|v(t)-x^*\|^2,\qquad v=x+x'. \tag{58}L(t)=f(x(t))−f(x∗)+2γ(t)​∥v(t)−x∗∥2,v=x+x′.(58)

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3.2 (p. 13)

If f∈Sμ,L1,1f\in\mathcal S^{1,1}_{\mu,L}f∈Sμ,L1,1​ with μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, then (57) has a unique solution x∈C2([0,∞);V)x\in C^2([0,\infty);V)x∈C2([0,∞);V), and

L′(t)≤−L(t)−μ2∥x′(t)∥2,(59)\mathcal L'(t)\le-\mathcal L(t)-\frac{\mu}{2}\|x'(t)\|^2, \tag{59}L′(t)≤−L(t)−2μ​∥x′(t)∥2,(59) L(t)+μ2∫0tes−t∥x′(s)∥2 ds≤e−tL(0),t≥0.(60)\mathcal L(t)+\frac{\mu}{2}\int_0^te^{s-t}\|x'(s)\|^2\,ds\le e^{-t}\mathcal L(0),\qquad t\ge0. \tag{60}L(t)+2μ​∫0t​es−t∥x′(s)∥2ds≤e−tL(0),t≥0.(60)

In particular f(x(t))−f(x∗)≤e−tL(0)f(x(t))-f(x^*)\le e^{-t}\mathcal L(0)f(x(t))−f(x∗)≤e−tL(0) for all μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, with no dependence on LLL in the rate.

Milestones (pp. 12–14)

  1. Lemma 3.1: 2(u−v,v−w)=∥u−w∥2−∥u−v∥2−∥v−w∥22(u-v,v-w)=\|u-w\|^2-\|u-v\|^2-\|v-w\|^22(u−v,v−w)=∥u−w∥2−∥u−v∥2−∥v−w∥2.
  2. (54): γ(t)=μ+(γ0−μ)e−t\gamma(t)=\mu+(\gamma_0-\mu)e^{-t}γ(t)=μ+(γ0​−μ)e−t is the solution of γ′=μ−γ\gamma'=\mu-\gammaγ′=μ−γ, γ(0)=γ0\gamma(0)=\gamma_0γ(0)=γ0​, is positive, and tends to μ\muμ monotonically and exponentially.
  3. Well-posedness of (56): a unique classical solution (x,v)∈C1([0,∞);V)2(x,v)\in C^1([0,\infty);V)^2(x,v)∈C1([0,∞);V)2.
  4. (56) ⇔ (57): a C1C^1C1 solution of (56) gives a C2C^2C2 solution of (57), and conversely (x,x+x′)(x,x+x')(x,x+x′) solves (56).
  5. (61): along a solution of (56), L′=⟨∇f(x),x′⟩+μ−γ2∥v−x∗∥2+⟨μ(x−v)−∇f(x),v−x∗⟩\mathcal L'=\langle\nabla f(x),x'\rangle+\frac{\mu-\gamma}{2}\|v-x^*\|^2+\langle\mu(x-v)-\nabla f(x),v-x^*\rangleL′=⟨∇f(x),x′⟩+2μ−γ​∥v−x∗∥2+⟨μ(x−v)−∇f(x),v−x∗⟩.
  6. (63): L′=μ2∥x−x∗∥2−⟨∇f(x),x−x∗⟩−γ2∥v−x∗∥2−μ2∥x′∥2\mathcal L'=\frac{\mu}{2}\|x-x^*\|^2-\langle\nabla f(x),x-x^*\rangle-\frac{\gamma}{2}\|v-x^*\|^2-\frac{\mu}{2}\|x'\|^2L′=2μ​∥x−x∗∥2−⟨∇f(x),x−x∗⟩−2γ​∥v−x∗∥2−2μ​∥x′∥2.
  7. (59) along every solution of (56), for f∈Sμ1f\in\mathcal S^1_\muf∈Sμ1​.
  8. Remark 3.1: with γ′≤μ−γ\gamma'\le\mu-\gammaγ′≤μ−γ in place of (54), (59) still holds.

Significance

The lemma gives one continuous model whose energy decays at the rate e−te^{-t}e−t uniformly in μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, without separate treatment of the convex and the strongly convex cases. The paper's discrete results (Theorems 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 7.2 and 7.3) prove the discrete counterpart Lk+1≤Lk/(1+αk)\mathcal L_{k+1}\le\mathcal L_k/(1+\alpha_k)Lk+1​≤Lk​/(1+αk​) by mimicking the computation (61)–(63) step by step, so the continuous identities are the template of the whole paper. The integral term in (60) also bounds ∫0tes−t∥x′(s)∥2ds\int_0^te^{s-t}\|x'(s)\|^2ds∫0t​es−t∥x′(s)∥2ds when μ>0\mu>0μ>0.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in this mission is open. To our knowledge neither the NAG flow nor its Lyapunov analysis has been formalized in Lean or another proof assistant. The mission produces a machine-checked well-posedness theorem for a non-autonomous ODE in a Hilbert space whose coefficient 1/γ(t)1/\gamma(t)1/γ(t) is unbounded on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) when μ=0\mu=0μ=0, and a machine-checked Lyapunov computation that later missions can mirror in discrete time.

Difficulty

The Lyapunov computation (61)–(63) is a direct, if careful, calculus exercise. The work lies elsewhere. Existence and uniqueness on the whole half-line [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) do not follow from a single application of a local Picard–Lindelöf theorem: the vector field (x,v)↦(v−x, (μ(x−v)−∇f(x))/γ(t))(x,v)\mapsto\big(v-x,\ (\mu(x-v)-\nabla f(x))/\gamma(t)\big)(x,v)↦(v−x, (μ(x−v)−∇f(x))/γ(t)) is globally Lipschitz in (x,v)(x,v)(x,v), but with a constant of order 1/γ(t)1/\gamma(t)1/γ(t), which grows like ete^{t}et when μ=0\mu=0μ=0. A local existence theorem on a short interval does not by itself give a solution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and uniqueness must hold relative to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with one-sided derivatives at t=0t=0t=0. Passing from the differential inequality (59) to (60) requires L\mathcal LL to be differentiable relative to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), including the endpoint t=0t=0t=0, and the integrand ∥x′(s)∥2\|x'(s)\|^2∥x′(s)∥2 to be continuous, so the regularity of the solution has to be carried through every step.

Formalization scope

  • VVV is a real Hilbert space (InnerProductSpace ℝ V, CompleteSpace V); the paper's duality pairing and dual norm are the inner product and the norm (Riesz).
  • The gradient is an explicit map gradf with HasGradientAt f (gradf x) x for every xxx and gradf continuous; Mathlib's gradient is not used. Sμ,L1,1\mathcal S^{1,1}_{\mu,L}Sμ,L1,1​ includes 0≤μ≤L0\le\mu\le L0≤μ≤L and 0<L0<L0<L.
  • Time derivatives are relative to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (derivWithin x (Ici 0)), so one-sided at 000. Every curve differentiated this way is assumed C1C^1C1 or C2C^2C2 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), so the junk value 000 of derivWithin at a point of non-differentiability never enters.
  • Uniqueness is equality on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); values at negative times are unconstrained.
  • Standing assumptions made explicit: VVV Hilbert, a global minimizer x∗x^*x∗ exists, γ0>0\gamma_0>0γ0​>0. Remark 3.1 adds that its relaxed γ\gammaγ is positive on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), which the paper takes for granted.
  • μ=0\mu=0μ=0 is allowed throughout; no milestone assumes μ>0\mu>0μ>0. The Lipschitz hypothesis appears only where existence is claimed (milestone 3 and the goal); milestones 4–8 assume f∈Sμ1f\in\mathcal S^1_\muf∈Sμ1​ only.
  • The goal is stated for the solution of (57), whose existence and uniqueness are part of the conclusion. The trivializing reading, "if a function satisfies L′≤−L\mathcal L'\le-\mathcal LL′≤−L then L(t)≤e−tL(0)\mathcal L(t)\le e^{-t}\mathcal L(0)L(t)≤e−tL(0)", is Grönwall's inequality and is not the target.

A complete development needs: a global existence and uniqueness theorem for Lipschitz non-autonomous ODEs on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with locally bounded Lipschitz constant (Mathlib's IsPicardLindelof and ODE_solution_unique_of_mem_Icc are the starting points), and one-sided calculus for t↦f(x(t))t\mapsto f(x(t))t↦f(x(t)) and t↦∥v(t)−x∗∥2t\mapsto\|v(t)-x^*\|^2t↦∥v(t)−x∗∥2. The global existence result for half-line ODEs is reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on any milestone independently.

Selected references

  • H. Luo and L. Chen, From differential equation solvers to accelerated first-order methods for convex optimization, Mathematical Programming (2022); preprint arXiv:1909.03145v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.03145
  • W. Su, S. Boyd and E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • A. Wibisono, A. C. Wilson and M. I. Jordan, A variational perspective on accelerated methods in optimization, PNAS 113 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1603.04245
  • A. C. Wilson, B. Recht and M. I. Jordan, A Lyapunov analysis of accelerated methods in optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22 (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.02635
  • Y. Nesterov, Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-91578-4
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 2: If a Hypergraph Is Not β-Acyclic, Its Multilinear Polytope Is Strictly Contained in the Running Intersection RelaxationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many nonconvex optimization problems in binary variables have a polynomial objective or polynomial constraints. The standard way to bring them into the reach of linear and mixed-integer programming solvers is to introduce one new variable per monomial and to study the convex hull of the resulting set of feasible 0/1 vectors, the multilinear polytope. Strong linear descriptions of this polytope translate directly into tighter relaxations in global solvers such as BARON, which is where the inequalities of this mission were tested (Del Pia and Khajavirad 2021, §2.5).

The multilinear polytope of a general hypergraph has no compact description, so the question is for which hypergraphs a given family of inequalities is enough. The quadratic case is classical: the Boolean quadric polytope of a graph (Padberg 1989) is described by its standard linearization exactly when the graph is a forest, and the odd-cycle inequalities are the first facets that appear on a cycle. For higher-degree monomials, Del Pia and Khajavirad showed in 2018 that their flower relaxation is exact if and only if the hypergraph is γ-acyclic. The 2021 paper introduces the stronger running intersection relaxation and asks the same question for it. This mission formalizes the necessary condition the paper proves: the relaxation cannot be exact unless the hypergraph is β-acyclic.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) is a finite node set VVV with a set EEE of subsets of VVV of size at least two (no loops, no parallel edges). Its multilinear set is

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze=∏v∈ezv  ∀e∈E},\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}: z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \ \forall e\in E\Big\},SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze​=v∈e∏​zv​  ∀e∈E},

and the multilinear polytope is MPG=conv⁡SG\mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_GMPG​=convSG​. The standard linearization is

MPGLP={z:zv≤1 ∀v; ze≥0, ze≥∑v∈ezv−∣e∣+1 ∀e; ze≤zv ∀e, v∈e}.\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_G=\Big\{z: z_v\le 1\ \forall v;\ z_e\ge 0,\ z_e\ge\sum_{v\in e}z_v-|e|+1\ \forall e;\ z_e\le z_v\ \forall e,\ v\in e\Big\}.MPGLP​={z:zv​≤1 ∀v; ze​≥0, ze​≥v∈e∑​zv​−∣e∣+1 ∀e; ze​≤zv​ ∀e, v∈e}.

An ordering p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ of a multiset of sets is a running intersection ordering if each pkp_kpk​, k≥2k\ge2k≥2, meets the union of its predecessors inside a single predecessor pjp_jpj​; it induces N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅ and N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​. A running intersection inequality has a center e0∈Ee_0\in Ee0​∈E, neighbors eke_kek​ (k∈Kk\in Kk∈K) meeting e0e_0e0​ such that E~={e0∩ek}\tilde E=\{e_0\cap e_k\}E~={e0​∩ek​} admits a running intersection ordering, and nodes uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​) when these sets are nonempty:

−∑k: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0≤ω−1,-\sum_{k:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\ne\emptyset}z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_k e_k}z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\le\omega-1,−k:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​≤ω−1,

with ω\omegaω the number of connected components of (e0,E~)(e_0,\tilde E)(e0​,E~). The running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ is MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ together with all these inequalities.

A β-cycle of length t≥3t\ge3t≥3 is a sequence v1,e1,…,vt,et,v1v_1,e_1,\dots,v_t,e_t,v_1v1​,e1​,…,vt​,et​,v1​ of distinct nodes and distinct edges in which each viv_ivi​ lies in ei−1e_{i-1}ei−1​ and eie_iei​ and in no other eje_jej​; GGG is β-acyclic if it has none. For W⊆VW\subseteq VW⊆V the subhypergraph GWG_WGW​ has node set WWW and edges {e∩W:∣e∩W∣≥2}\{e\cap W: |e\cap W|\ge2\}{e∩W:∣e∩W∣≥2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

G not β-acyclic ⟹ MPG⊊MPGRI.G\ \text{not β-acyclic}\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathrm{MP}_G\subsetneq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G .G not β-acyclic ⟹ MPG​⊊MPGRI​.

The milestones follow the paper's proof, in order:

  1. MPG⊆MPGLP\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPG​⊆MPGLP​ (p. 1014) and validity of every running intersection inequality (Proposition 1), giving MPG⊆MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​⊆MPGRI​.
  2. Lemma 3: β-cycles of GV′G_{V'}GV′​ lift to β-cycles of GGG of the same length.
  3. Lemma 5: MPGVˉ=projGVˉ(MPG∩LVˉ)\mathrm{MP}_{G_{\bar V}}=\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}(\mathrm{MP}_G\cap L_{\bar V})MPGVˉ​​=projGVˉ​​(MPG​∩LVˉ​), with LVˉ={z:zv=1 ∀v∉Vˉ}L_{\bar V}=\{z: z_v=1\ \forall v\notin\bar V\}LVˉ​={z:zv​=1 ∀v∈/Vˉ}.
  4. Lemma 6: MPGVˉRI⊆projGVˉ(MPGRI∩LVˉ)\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G_{\bar V}}\subseteq\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}(\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\cap L_{\bar V})MPGVˉ​RI​⊆projGVˉ​​(MPGRI​∩LVˉ​).
  5. The reduction: strictness for GWG_WGW​ implies strictness for GGG.
  6. For a shortest β-cycle CCC, GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​ is a chordless cycle, possibly enclosed by the edge V(C)V(C)V(C).
  7. Strictness for a chordless cycle.
  8. Strictness for a chordless cycle enclosed by the edge V(C)V(C)V(C).

Significance

The result is one half of the paper's picture of when the running intersection relaxation is exact. Proposition 5 shows β-acyclicity is necessary; Theorem 3 of the paper shows that kite-free β-acyclicity is sufficient; Example 2 shows β-acyclicity alone is not. Combined with the 2018 characterization of the flower relaxation by γ-acyclicity, it places the running intersection relaxation strictly between two acyclicity notions and tells a solver designer that on hypergraphs with β-cycles some other family of cuts (for instance odd-cycle-type inequalities lifted from Padberg's) is unavoidable.

The intermediate results are reusable on their own. Lemma 5 is a general statement that multilinear polytopes of induced subhypergraphs are projections of faces, and Lemma 3 with the shortest-cycle structure step is pure hypergraph combinatorics.

The result is proved in the paper. No part of it, nor the multilinear polytope, nor the Boolean quadric polytope, is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the platform showed. Lemma 6 is stated in the paper without proof, and the two strictness cases are justified there by "it can be checked" and by a citation of Padberg; a formal proof closes these gaps.

Difficulty

The obvious argument exhibits a point of MPGRI∖MPG\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\setminus\mathrm{MP}_GMPGRI​∖MPG​ directly from a β-cycle of GGG. This fails because a β-cycle of GGG is surrounded by arbitrary other edges, which contribute running intersection inequalities that can cut off any candidate point. The paper's route is to pass to the subhypergraph induced by the cycle's nodes, and that step requires two facts with real content: the projection lemmas (Lemma 6 is an inclusion between relaxations defined by different families of inequalities), and the structure of GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​, which holds only for a shortest β-cycle. A long β-cycle can have chords in GV(C)G_{V(C)}GV(C)​.

Strictness on the two small families requires a point, or an inequality, separating MP\mathrm{MP}MP from MPRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}MPRI. That means controlling every running intersection inequality of the cycle, over all centers, neighbor sets, orderings and choices of uku_kuk​, and also checking that the separating inequality is valid for MP\mathrm{MP}MP.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Nodes are elements of a finite type α with decidable equality. Hypergraphs carry their node set and their edge set as Finsets, with every edge of size at least two.
  • Points of RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E are functions α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, and every polytope of GGG is pinned to zero off GGG's own coordinates, so polytopes of different hypergraphs, and the projection projGVˉ\mathrm{proj}_{G_{\bar V}}projGVˉ​​, live in one space.
  • MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ is exactly (8), with no row zv≥0z_v\ge0zv​≥0.
  • MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ quantifies over all centers, all sets of distinct neighbors other than e0e_0e0​, all running intersection orderings and all choices of uku_kuk​.
  • ω\omegaω is the number of connected components of the 2-section graph on e0e_0e0​.
  • Orderings and cycles are 0-indexed.
  • The projection takes the choice e′(f)e'(f)e′(f) of an edge of GGG with trace fff as an argument, and Lemmas 5 and 6 hold for every choice.
  • The strict inclusion ⊂\subset⊂ of the paper is Lean's ⊂ (⊆\subseteq⊆ and ≠\ne=).

There is one disclosed addition. Lemma 6 and the reduction step assume that GVˉG_{\bar V}GVˉ​ has no isolated node. Without it both statements are false: since (8) has no lower bound on zvz_vzv​, a node isolated in GVˉG_{\bar V}GVˉ​ is unbounded below in MPGVˉRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G_{\bar V}}MPGVˉ​RI​. The paper uses them only for Vˉ=V(C)\bar V=V(C)Vˉ=V(C), where the hypothesis holds. The goal itself carries no added hypothesis.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. A relaxation missing some running intersection inequalities (a fixed ordering, a fixed uku_kuk​, a fixed neighbor set) would make strictness easier, and an empty or mis-pinned relaxation would make the inclusion false. The definitions here take the full family.

A complete development needs:

  • convex hulls of finite point sets and separation of a point from them;
  • connected components of the 2-section graph;
  • running intersection orderings;
  • the combinatorics of β-cycles.

The β-cycle and subhypergraph material and Lemma 5 are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on alternative proofs of the two strictness cases (for instance by an explicit fractional point), and on a proof of Lemma 6.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, A polyhedral study of binary polynomial programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 42(2):389–410, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0804
  • A. Del Pia and A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • M. Padberg, The Boolean quadric polytope: some characteristics, facets and relatives, Mathematical Programming 45:139–172, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01589101
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier and M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, Journal of the ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 1: For Kite-Free β-Acyclic Hypergraphs the Running Intersection Relaxation Equals the Multilinear PolytopeResearch Paper

Motivation

Binary polynomial optimization asks to minimize a polynomial over {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n. The standard way to attack it with linear programming is to introduce one variable zez_eze​ for every monomial ∏v∈ezv\prod_{v\in e} z_v∏v∈e​zv​ and to work with the convex hull of the resulting set of binary points. This convex hull, the multilinear polytope, is the object behind the cutting planes that global solvers such as BARON add at every node of a branch-and-bound tree, and in general its facets are as hard to describe as the original problem is to solve. The useful theory is therefore structural: which hypergraphs of monomials give multilinear polytopes with an explicit, combinatorial description.

A line of work by Del Pia and Khajavirad answers this for increasingly general classes of acyclic hypergraphs: Berge-acyclic and γ-acyclic hypergraphs via flower inequalities (SIAM J. Optim. 2018), sufficient conditions for decomposing multilinear sets (Math. Program. 2018), and, in the paper this mission formalizes (Math. Oper. Res. 2021), the running intersection inequalities, a generalization of flower inequalities that does not need γ-acyclicity. The paper reports that adding these cuts reduces BARON's root-node relaxation gap by more than 95% on most of 35 computer-vision instances.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has a finite node set VVV and a set EEE of subsets of VVV, each with at least two nodes. Points live in RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E, one coordinate per node and per edge. The multilinear set and multilinear polytope are

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze=∏v∈ezv ∀e∈E},MPG=conv⁡SG.\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}: z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \forall e\in E\Big\},\qquad \mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_G .SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E:ze​=v∈e∏​zv​ ∀e∈E},MPG​=convSG​.

The standard linearization MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ replaces each equation ze=∏v∈ezvz_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_vze​=∏v∈e​zv​ by its convex hull over the unit cube: zv≤1z_v\le 1zv​≤1, ze≥0z_e\ge 0ze​≥0, ze≥∑v∈ezv−∣e∣+1z_e\ge\sum_{v\in e}z_v-|e|+1ze​≥∑v∈e​zv​−∣e∣+1 and ze≤zvz_e\le z_vze​≤zv​ for v∈ev\in ev∈e.

An ordering p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ of a family of sets is a running intersection ordering if each pkp_kpk​ meets the union of its predecessors inside a single predecessor pjp_jpj​; write N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​ and N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅. Given a center edge e0e_0e0​ and neighbor edges eke_kek​, k∈Kk\in Kk∈K, meeting e0e_0e0​ such that the sets e0∩eke_0\cap e_ke0​∩ek​ admit a running intersection ordering, and nodes uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​) wherever this set is nonempty, the running intersection inequality is

−∑k: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0≤ω−1,-\sum_{k:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset}z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_k e_k}z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\le\omega-1,−k:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​≤ω−1,

with ω\omegaω the number of connected components of the hypergraph on e0e_0e0​ with edges e0∩eke_0\cap e_ke0​∩ek​. The running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ is MPGLP\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{LP}}_GMPGLP​ together with all these inequalities.

A β-cycle is a cyclic sequence of t≥3t\ge 3t≥3 distinct nodes and distinct edges v1,e1,…,vt,etv_1,e_1,\dots,v_t,e_tv1​,e1​,…,vt​,et​ in which viv_ivi​ lies in ei−1e_{i-1}ei−1​ and eie_iei​ and in no other edge of the cycle; GGG is β-acyclic if it has none. A kite is three edges e0,e1,e2e_0,e_1,e_2e0​,e1​,e2​ with ∣e0∩e1∩e2∣≥2|e_0\cap e_1\cap e_2|\ge 2∣e0​∩e1​∩e2​∣≥2, (e0∩e1)∖e2≠∅(e_0\cap e_1)\setminus e_2\ne\emptyset(e0​∩e1​)∖e2​=∅ and (e0∩e2)∖e1≠∅(e_0\cap e_2)\setminus e_1\ne\emptyset(e0​∩e2​)∖e1​=∅; GGG is kite-free if it has none. GGG is two-laminar if any two distinct edges sharing at least two nodes are strictly nested.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 1023)

For every kite-free β-acyclic hypergraph GGG without isolated nodes,

MPG=MPGRI.\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G .MPG​=MPGRI​.

Milestones

In attack order: validity of the inequalities (Proposition 1); heredity of β-acyclicity (Lemma 3); kite-free implies edge-induced subhypergraphs are two-laminar (Lemma 7); β-acyclicity as the running intersection property of every edge subset (Lemma 4); the explicit facet description of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for two-laminar β-acyclic GGG by system (20) (Proposition 6) and its consequence MPG=MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​=MPGRI​ there (Corollary 3); the decomposition theorem for multilinear sets (Theorem 1); and five steps of the inductive proof of Theorem 3 in §5.3: GωG_\omegaGω​ is kite-free β-acyclic with one maximal edge fewer, the inductive step MPG+=MPG+RI\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G^+}MPG+​=MPG+RI​, Claim 14 on partial hypergraphs, the projection MPG=proj MPG+\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{proj}\,\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}MPG​=projMPG+​, and the Fourier–Motzkin step MPGRI⊆proj MPG+RI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_G\subseteq\mathrm{proj}\,\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_{G^+}MPGRI​⊆projMPG+RI​.

Companions

Theorem 2 (p. 1022), the polynomial-size extended formulation MPG+=⋂iMPGi+\mathrm{MP}_{G^+}=\bigcap_{i}\mathrm{MP}_{G^+_i}MPG+​=⋂i​MPGi+​​ over the maximal edges, and the form (19) taken by running intersection inequalities in kite-free β-acyclic hypergraphs.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives a description of the multilinear polytope in the original space, by inequalities defined combinatorially from the hypergraph, for a class that strictly contains the γ-acyclic hypergraphs covered by flower inequalities. With Theorem 2 it implies that linear optimization and separation over MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ are polynomial for kite-free β-acyclic hypergraphs, and that separation can be done without the ellipsoid method. The paper also shows (Proposition 5, a separate mission of this series) that β-acyclicity is necessary for MPG=MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G=\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​=MPGRI​, so the characterization sits close to the boundary of what such relaxations can achieve.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper; none is machine-checked. A complete development would be the first formal treatment of hypergraph acyclicity degrees and of multilinear polytopes, and would include a formal Fourier–Motzkin elimination argument on a structured polytope.

Difficulty

The inclusion MPG⊆MPGRI\mathrm{MP}_G\subseteq\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPG​⊆MPGRI​ is a validity check. The reverse inclusion is the content. A direct argument through integrality fails: for two-laminar β-acyclic hypergraphs, facets have general integer coefficients, so total unimodularity and balancedness arguments used for laminar hypergraphs do not apply. The decomposition step is also harder than in earlier work: the shared part of the two pieces may be an edge whose nodes are only partly covered by edges of one side, so a point cannot be written by pairing one vertex of each side. Finally, the induction lifts to G+G^+G+, which has an extra variable, and the projection back must be shown to produce only running intersection inequalities, which requires recognizing every Fourier–Motzkin combination as one.

Formalization scope

Nodes form a type α with Fintype and DecidableEq; a point is a function z : α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, and every polytope of a hypergraph vanishes off that hypergraph's coordinates, so that polytopes of different hypergraphs, lifts and projections are literal sets in one space. Hypergraphs have no loops or parallel edges, as the paper assumes. Orderings are lists, 0-based. The relaxation quantifies over every center, every neighbor set, every running intersection ordering and every choice of the nodes uku_kuk​; the number of components counts isolated nodes and ignores loops. The standard linearization has no row zv≥0z_v\ge 0zv​≥0, exactly as printed.

One hypothesis is added to the paper: no isolated nodes, on Theorem 3, Corollary 3, Theorem 2 and the inductive step. It is necessary: for V={a,b,c}V=\{a,b,c\}V={a,b,c}, E={{a,b}}E=\{\{a,b\}\}E={{a,b}} the point with zc=−1z_c=-1zc​=−1 and all other coordinates 000 lies in MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ but not in MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​. No other result carries it.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out by construction: restricting the relaxation to one fixed ordering or choice of uku_kuk​ would make the goal false rather than easy, and the goal is an equality of sets, not an inclusion.

A complete development needs: convex hulls of finite sets of 0/1 points, hypergraph connectivity, β-acyclicity and the running intersection property (Lemma 4 is a classical database-theory theorem of Beeri, Fagin, Maier and Yannakakis), and Fourier–Motzkin elimination. The hypergraph acyclicity layer is reusable beyond this mission, including by the two other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone, and of reusable lemmas on hypergraph acyclicity, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Math. Oper. Res. 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM J. Optim. 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, On decomposability of multilinear sets, Math. Program. 170(2):387–415, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1158-y
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier, M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
  • R. Fagin, Degrees of acyclicity for hypergraphs and relational database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):514–550, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322390
14 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Running Intersection Relaxation of the Multilinear Polytope 3: Running Intersection Inequalities Meeting Three Support Conditions Define Facets of the Multilinear PolytopeResearch Paper

Motivation

Binary polynomial optimization asks for the maximum of a polynomial over {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n. Linearizing each monomial ∏v∈ezv\prod_{v\in e}z_v∏v∈e​zv​ by a new variable zez_eze​ turns the problem into a linear program over the convex hull of a set of 0/1 points, the multilinear polytope of the hypergraph whose edges are the monomials. Global solvers such as BARON build polyhedral relaxations of this polytope at every node of their branch-and-bound trees, so valid inequalities that are as strong as possible, that is, facet-defining, translate directly into smaller root gaps.

Del Pia and Khajavirad introduced running intersection inequalities in The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope (Math. Oper. Res. 46 (2021) 1008–1037, doi:10.1287/moor.2021.1121). They generalize the flower inequalities of the same authors (SIAM J. Optim. 2018), which are facet-defining when the support hypergraph is γ\gammaγ-acyclic, to support hypergraphs that are not. This mission formalizes the paper's sufficient condition for a running intersection inequality to define a facet (§2.4, Proposition 4) together with the structural results it rests on.

Timeline. Crama (1993) studied the standard linearization; Del Pia and Khajavirad (2017, Math. Oper. Res.) proved that the multilinear polytope is full dimensional and gave lifting theorems for facets; flower inequalities followed in 2018; running intersection inequalities and the facet conditions formalized here appeared in 2021.

Setting

A hypergraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has a finite node set VVV and a set EEE of subsets of VVV of cardinality at least two. Its multilinear set is

SG={z∈{0,1}V+E: ze=∏v∈ezv  ∀e∈E},\mathcal S_G=\Big\{z\in\{0,1\}^{V+E}:\ z_e=\prod_{v\in e}z_v\ \ \forall e\in E\Big\},SG​={z∈{0,1}V+E: ze​=v∈e∏​zv​  ∀e∈E},

and its multilinear polytope is MPG=conv⁡SG\mathrm{MP}_G=\operatorname{conv}\mathcal S_GMPG​=convSG​.

A multiset FFF of sets has the running intersection property if its elements can be ordered p1,…,pmp_1,\dots,p_mp1​,…,pm​ so that each pk∩(p1∪⋯∪pk−1)p_k\cap(p_1\cup\dots\cup p_{k-1})pk​∩(p1​∪⋯∪pk−1​), k≥2k\ge 2k≥2, is contained in a single earlier pjp_jpj​. Such an ordering defines N(p1)=∅N(p_1)=\emptysetN(p1​)=∅ and N(pk)=pk∩⋃i<kpiN(p_k)=p_k\cap\bigcup_{i<k}p_iN(pk​)=pk​∩⋃i<k​pi​. A leaf of FFF is an element that comes last in some such ordering.

Fix an edge e0e_0e0​ (the center) and edges eke_kek​, k∈Kk\in Kk∈K, adjacent to e0e_0e0​ (the neighbors), such that the multiset E~={e0∩ek:k∈K}\tilde E=\{e_0\cap e_k:k\in K\}E~={e0​∩ek​:k∈K} has the running intersection property. Choose an ordering of E~\tilde EE~, and for each kkk with N(e0∩ek)≠∅N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptysetN(e0​∩ek​)=∅ a node uk∈N(e0∩ek)u_k\in N(e_0\cap e_k)uk​∈N(e0​∩ek​). The running intersection inequality is

−∑k∈K: N(e0∩ek)≠∅zuk+∑v∈e0∖⋃kekzv+∑k∈Kzek−ze0 ≤ ω−1,-\sum_{k\in K:\,N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset} z_{u_k}+\sum_{v\in e_0\setminus\bigcup_{k}e_k} z_v+\sum_{k\in K}z_{e_k}-z_{e_0}\ \le\ \omega-1,−k∈K:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅∑​zuk​​+v∈e0​∖⋃k​ek​∑​zv​+k∈K∑​zek​​−ze0​​ ≤ ω−1,

where ω\omegaω is the number of connected components of the hypergraph G~=(e0,E~)\tilde G=(e_0,\tilde E)G~=(e0​,E~). Its support hypergraph GGG has node set e0∪⋃keke_0\cup\bigcup_k e_ke0​∪⋃k​ek​ and edge set {e0}∪{ek:k∈K}\{e_0\}\cup\{e_k:k\in K\}{e0​}∪{ek​:k∈K}. An inequality defines a facet of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ if it is valid and the face it cuts out is nonempty of dimension dim⁡MPG−1\dim\mathrm{MP}_G-1dimMPG​−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 (p. 1016)

Assume

  1. ∣e0∩ek∣≥2|e_0\cap e_k|\ge 2∣e0​∩ek​∣≥2 for every k∈Kk\in Kk∈K;
  2. for every K′⊆KK'\subseteq KK′⊆K with e0∩⋂k∈K′ek≠∅e_0\cap\bigcap_{k\in K'}e_k\neq\emptysete0​∩⋂k∈K′​ek​=∅:  e0∩(ei∖⋃k∈K′∖{i}ek)≠∅\ e_0\cap\big(e_i\setminus\bigcup_{k\in K'\setminus\{i\}}e_k\big)\neq\emptyset e0​∩(ei​∖⋃k∈K′∖{i}​ek​)=∅ for all i∈K′i\in K'i∈K′;
  3. each nonempty N(e0∩ek)N(e_0\cap e_k)N(e0​∩ek​) meets U={uk:N(e0∩ek)≠∅}U=\{u_k: N(e_0\cap e_k)\neq\emptyset\}U={uk​:N(e0​∩ek​)=∅} in exactly one node.

Then the running intersection inequality defines a facet of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for its support hypergraph GGG.

Milestones

Lemma 1 (p. 1011, leaves and reorderings), Lemma 2 (p. 1011, components =n0+∣{e:N(e)=∅}∣=n_0+|\{e:N(e)=\emptyset\}|=n0​+∣{e:N(e)=∅}∣), Proposition 1 (p. 1012, validity), and the full dimensionality of MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ (cited on p. 1016 from [12]):

dim⁡MPG=∣V∣+∣E∣.\dim\mathrm{MP}_G=|V|+|E|.dimMPG​=∣V∣+∣E∣.

Companions

Corollary 2 (p. 1017): ∣e0∩ek∣≥2|e_0\cap e_k|\ge 2∣e0​∩ek​∣≥2 and ∣e0∩ek∩ek′∣≤1|e_0\cap e_k\cap e_{k'}|\le 1∣e0​∩ek​∩ek′​∣≤1 for k≠k′k\neq k'k=k′ suffice. Proposition 2 and Corollary 1 (pp. 1013–1014): the multiset {N(e)}\{N(e)\}{N(e)}, hence the system of inequalities, does not depend on the ordering. Proposition 3 (p. 1014): necessary conditions for a facet of the running intersection relaxation MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​.

Significance

Proposition 4 certifies a large family of facets of multilinear polytopes whose support hypergraphs contain cycles that flower inequalities cannot handle. Together with the lifting theorems of Del Pia and Khajavirad (2017), it yields sufficient conditions under which these inequalities define facets of the multilinear polytope of general hypergraphs (p. 1015); §2.5 of the paper reports that running intersection cuts reduce BARON's root-node relaxation gap on image-restoration instances. Proposition 3 and Example 1 show that condition 1 is necessary while conditions 2–3 are not, so the result is a sufficient condition and not a characterization.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A Lean development would provide the first machine-checked library for the running intersection property (orderings, leaves, the multiset of NNN-sets), the connected-component count of Lemma 2, and the multilinear polytope as a convex hull with an exact dimension count, all reusable for the companion missions on the tightness of MPGRI\mathrm{MP}^{\mathrm{RI}}_GMPGRI​ for kite-free β\betaβ-acyclic hypergraphs and its strictness otherwise.

Difficulty

Validity (Proposition 1) decomposes over the connected components of G~\tilde GG~; the facet claim does not, because a face of codimension one is a global object and the neighbors of different components, and the nodes uku_kuk​ shared between neighbors, interact in it. Conditions 2 and 3 are exactly where this interaction is controlled, and Example 1 of the paper shows that dropping condition 3 does not destroy facetness, so no simple equivalence is available to fall back on. Formally, three nontrivial ingredients have no Mathlib counterpart: the combinatorics of running intersection orderings (Lemma 1, Proposition 2), the count of connected components of a hypergraph with loops and parallel edges (Lemma 2), and the affine dimension of a convex hull of 0/1 points in a space indexed by nodes and edges.

Formalization scope

Nodes form a finite type α; every hypergraph's space RV+E\mathbb R^{V+E}RV+E lives inside α ⊕ Finset α → ℝ, with the coordinates outside V+EV+EV+E pinned to 000 in the definition of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, so dim⁡MPG=∣V∣+∣E∣\dim\mathrm{MP}_G=|V|+|E|dimMPG​=∣V∣+∣E∣ is meaningful. Orderings are lists indexed from 000. The number of components is that of the 2-section graph on the node set. An inequality is given by its data: center, a set KKK of distinct neighbors other than e0e_0e0​, an ordering of KKK whose traces form a running intersection ordering of E~\tilde EE~, and the choice k↦ukk\mapsto u_kk↦uk​; the first sum runs over neighbors, so a node chosen for two neighbors has coefficient −2-2−2. "Defines a facet" requires a nonempty face and compares dimensions as dim⁡F+1=dim⁡P\dim F+1=\dim PdimF+1=dimP, so the empty face can never qualify and no truncated subtraction occurs. The facet statement is about MPG\mathrm{MP}_GMPG​ for the support hypergraph only, not for a larger host hypergraph, which would require the lifting theorems. The reading k≠k′k\neq k'k=k′ is used where the page's "for all k,k′k,k'k,k′" would otherwise be contradictory (Corollary 2, Proposition 3(i)); Lemma 2 is stated for lists of nonempty sets, which covers its use on G~\tilde GG~.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a reusable library for the running intersection property and α\alphaα-acyclic hypergraphs, and the full-dimensionality proof.

Selected references

  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The running intersection relaxation of the multilinear polytope, Math. Oper. Res. 46(3):1008–1037, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1121
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, A polyhedral study of binary polynomial programs, Math. Oper. Res. 42(2):389–410, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0804
  • A. Del Pia, A. Khajavirad, The multilinear polytope for acyclic hypergraphs, SIAM J. Optim. 28(2):1049–1076, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095998
  • C. Beeri, R. Fagin, D. Maier, M. Yannakakis, On the desirability of acyclic database schemes, J. ACM 30(3):479–513, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1145/2402.322389
  • Y. Crama, Concave extensions for nonlinear 0–1 maximization problems, Math. Programming 61:53–60, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582138
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Sinkhorn Distributionally Robust Optimization 2: Biased Stochastic Mirror Descent with SG or RT-MLMC Subgradient Estimators Reaches a δ-Optimal SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Sinkhorn distributionally robust optimization (Wang, Gao and Xie, arXiv:2109.11926) hedges a learning or decision problem against distribution shift. It minimizes the worst-case expected loss over all distributions within an entropically regularized optimal-transport distance (the Sinkhorn distance) of a nominal distribution P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P. Strong duality, the subject of the first mission of this series, reduces the problem at a fixed Lagrange multiplier λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 to minimizing an objective of nested-expectation form,

F(θ)=Ex∼P^[λϵlog⁡Ez∼Qx[efθ(z)/(λϵ)]].F(\theta)=\mathbb E_{x\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\Big[\lambda\epsilon\log\mathbb E_{z\sim\mathbb Q_{x}}\big[e^{f_\theta(z)/(\lambda\epsilon)}\big]\Big].F(θ)=Ex∼P​[λϵlogEz∼Qx​​[efθ​(z)/(λϵ)]].

A logarithm sits between the two expectations, so a mini-batch of samples gives a biased estimate of FFF and of its subgradients, and stochastic gradient methods do not apply directly. Problems of this shape are known as conditional stochastic optimization (Hu, Chen and He 2020, 2021; references [54], [55] of arXiv:2109.11926v5). The paper's algorithmic contribution is a biased stochastic mirror descent (BSMD) for this objective, with two subgradient estimators and explicit complexity guarantees. This mission formalizes that guarantee, Theorem 2 of the paper.

Setting

The decision θ\thetaθ lives in a closed convex set Θ⊆Rdθ\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_\theta}Θ⊆Rdθ​. A norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ on Rdθ\mathbb R^{d_\theta}Rdθ​ satisfies c∥⋅∥2≤∥⋅∥≤d∥⋅∥2\mathfrak c\|\cdot\|_2\le\|\cdot\|\le\mathfrak d\|\cdot\|_2c∥⋅∥2​≤∥⋅∥≤d∥⋅∥2​ with c>0\mathfrak c>0c>0 (Assumption EC.1), and has dual norm ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​. A distance generating function ω\omegaω is continuously differentiable on Θ\ThetaΘ and κ\kappaκ-strongly convex with respect to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. It induces the Bregman divergence Dω(θ,θ′)=ω(θ′)−ω(θ)−⟨∇ω(θ),θ′−θ⟩D_\omega(\theta,\theta')=\omega(\theta')-\omega(\theta)-\langle\nabla\omega(\theta),\theta'-\theta\rangleDω​(θ,θ′)=ω(θ′)−ω(θ)−⟨∇ω(θ),θ′−θ⟩ and the prox-mapping Proxθ(y)=arg⁡min⁡θ′∈Θ{⟨y,θ′−θ⟩+Dω(θ,θ′)}\mathrm{Prox}_\theta(y)=\arg\min_{\theta'\in\Theta}\{\langle y,\theta'-\theta\rangle+D_\omega(\theta,\theta')\}Proxθ​(y)=argminθ′∈Θ​{⟨y,θ′−θ⟩+Dω​(θ,θ′)}.

The data are a probability measure P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P and a Markov kernel x↦Qxx\mapsto\mathbb Q_xx↦Qx​ on a measurable space Z\mathcal ZZ, fixed λ,ϵ>0\lambda,\epsilon>0λ,ϵ>0, and a loss fθ(z)f_\theta(z)fθ​(z). Assumption 2 requires three things: (I) fθ(z)f_\theta(z)fθ​(z) is convex in θ\thetaθ; (II) it is LfL_fLf​-Lipschitz in θ\thetaθ for the Euclidean norm; (III) 0≤fθ(z)≤B0\le f_\theta(z)\le B0≤fθ​(z)≤B for θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ. Write K=B/(λϵ)K=B/(\lambda\epsilon)K=B/(λϵ).

The level-ℓ\ellℓ approximation replaces the inner expectation by an average of 2ℓ2^\ell2ℓ i.i.d. draws:

Fℓ(θ)=E[λϵlog⁡(2−ℓ∑j=12ℓefθ(zj)/(λϵ))],x∼P^, zj∣x∼Qx.F^\ell(\theta)=\mathbb E\Big[\lambda\epsilon\log\Big(2^{-\ell}\textstyle\sum_{j=1}^{2^\ell}e^{f_\theta(z_j)/(\lambda\epsilon)}\Big)\Big],\qquad x\sim\widehat{\mathbb P},\ z_j\mid x\sim\mathbb Q_x .Fℓ(θ)=E[λϵlog(2−ℓ∑j=12ℓ​efθ​(zj​)/(λϵ))],x∼P, zj​∣x∼Qx​.

Its sample subgradient is gℓg^\ellgℓ. The SG estimator is vSG=gLv^{SG}=g^LvSG=gL. The RT-MLMC estimator draws a level ℓ^∈{0,…,L}\hat\ell\in\{0,\dots,L\}ℓ^∈{0,…,L} with probability pℓ=2−ℓ/(2−2−L)p_\ell=2^{-\ell}/(2-2^{-L})pℓ​=2−ℓ/(2−2−L) and returns pℓ^−1Gℓ^p_{\hat\ell}^{-1}G^{\hat\ell}pℓ^−1​Gℓ^, where GℓG^\ellGℓ is the antithetic difference between the level-ℓ\ellℓ subgradient and the average of its two half-sample versions. BSMD iterates θt+1=Proxθt(h v(θt))\theta_{t+1}=\mathrm{Prox}_{\theta_t}(h\,v(\theta_t))θt+1​=Proxθt​​(hv(θt​)), t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1, with a fresh sample at every step.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 with the explicit parameters of its proof

For δ>0\delta>0δ>0 let L=max⁡(1,⌈log⁡2(2λϵe2K/δ)⌉)L=\max\big(1,\lceil\log_2(2\lambda\epsilon e^{2K}/\delta)\rceil\big)L=max(1,⌈log2​(2λϵe2K/δ)⌉), θ∗∈arg⁡min⁡ΘF\theta^*\in\arg\min_\Theta Fθ∗∈argminΘ​F, θˉ∗∈arg⁡min⁡ΘFL\bar\theta^*\in\arg\min_\Theta F^Lθˉ∗∈argminΘ​FL and D=Dω(θ0,θˉ∗)D=D_\omega(\theta_0,\bar\theta^*)D=Dω​(θ0​,θˉ∗). With the SG estimator and

T=⌈8Lf2Dκc2δ2⌉,h=2κc2DTLf2,T=\Big\lceil\frac{8L_f^2D}{\kappa\mathfrak c^2\delta^2}\Big\rceil,\qquad h=\sqrt{\frac{2\kappa\mathfrak c^2D}{TL_f^2}},T=⌈κc2δ28Lf2​D​⌉,h=TLf2​2κc2D​​,

or with the RT-MLMC estimator, M2=2(L+1)Lf2e4K/c2M^2=2(L+1)L_f^2e^{4K}/\mathfrak c^2M2=2(L+1)Lf2​e4K/c2 and

T=⌈16(L+1)Lf2De4Kκc2δ2⌉,h=2κDTM2,T=\Big\lceil\frac{16(L+1)L_f^2De^{4K}}{\kappa\mathfrak c^2\delta^2}\Big\rceil,\qquad h=\sqrt{\frac{2\kappa D}{TM^2}},T=⌈κc2δ216(L+1)Lf2​De4K​⌉,h=TM22κD​​,

the average θ^\hat\thetaθ^ of the iterates is δ-optimal:

E[F(θ^)]−F(θ∗)≤δ.\mathbb E[F(\hat\theta)]-F(\theta^*)\le\delta .E[F(θ^)]−F(θ∗)≤δ.

Milestones

  1. §4.1.1 (p. 15): Egℓ\mathbb E g^\ellEgℓ is a subgradient of FℓF^\ellFℓ, EGℓ=Egℓ−Egℓ−1\mathbb E G^\ell=\mathbb E g^\ell-\mathbb E g^{\ell-1}EGℓ=Egℓ−Egℓ−1, and hence EvRT-MLMC=EvSG\mathbb E v^{RT\text{-}MLMC}=\mathbb E v^{SG}EvRT-MLMC=EvSG.
  2. Lemma EC.6 (I): ∣Fℓ−F∣≤λϵe2K2−(ℓ+1)|F^\ell-F|\le\lambda\epsilon e^{2K}2^{-(\ell+1)}∣Fℓ−F∣≤λϵe2K2−(ℓ+1) on Θ\ThetaΘ.
  3. Lemma EC.6 (III): E∥gℓ∥22≤Lf2\mathbb E\|g^\ell\|_2^2\le L_f^2E∥gℓ∥22​≤Lf2​ and E∥Gℓ∥22≤Lf2e4K2−ℓ\mathbb E\|G^\ell\|_2^2\le L_f^2e^{4K}2^{-\ell}E∥Gℓ∥22​≤Lf2​e4K2−ℓ.
  4. Lemma EC.7: BSMD with subgradient bias ΔF\Delta_FΔF​ and second moment M∗2M_*^2M∗2​ satisfies E[F(θ^)−F(θ∗)]≤2ΔF+M∗2D/(κT)\mathbb E[F(\hat\theta)-F(\theta^*)]\le2\Delta_F+M_*\sqrt{2D/(\kappa T)}E[F(θ^)−F(θ∗)]≤2ΔF​+M∗​2D/(κT)​.
  5. The RT-MLMC second-moment bound E∥vRT-MLMC∥∗2≤2(L+1)Lf2e4K/c2\mathbb E\|v^{RT\text{-}MLMC}\|_*^2\le2(L+1)L_f^2e^{4K}/\mathfrak c^2E∥vRT-MLMC∥∗2​≤2(L+1)Lf2​e4K/c2 (p. ec20).

Significance

Theorem 2 converts into sample complexities: O(δ−2)O(\delta^{-2})O(δ−2) draws from P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P with either estimator. From Qx\mathbb Q_xQx​, SG needs O(λϵe2Kδ−3)O(\lambda\epsilon e^{2K}\delta^{-3})O(λϵe2Kδ−3) draws and RT-MLMC O~(K2e4Kδ−2)\tilde O(K^2e^{4K}\delta^{-2})O~(K2e4Kδ−2). The P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-rate matches the lower bound for general convex stochastic programming. This is what makes Sinkhorn DRO computationally competitive with empirical risk minimization, and it is the inner oracle of the paper's bisection search over λ\lambdaλ (Theorem 3, not part of this mission). Lemma EC.7 is a reusable statement in its own right: mirror descent with uniformly biased stochastic subgradients loses only an additive 2ΔF2\Delta_F2ΔF​.

The result is proved in the paper, partly by citation: the bias and variance bounds are attributed to Hu et al. and the BSMD bound to Nemirovski et al. To our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. The mission produces a self-contained Lean proof and, along the way, a formal mirror-descent analysis with biased oracles and an MLMC variance bound for log-sum-exp functionals.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to treat vvv as an unbiased stochastic subgradient of FFF and cite standard stochastic mirror descent. That fails because Ev\mathbb E vEv is a subgradient of FLF^LFL, not of FFF. Closing the gap requires the uniform bias bound of Lemma EC.6 (I), a second-order Taylor bound for log⁡\loglog on [1,eK][1,e^K][1,eK] against the variance of a sample mean. The RT-MLMC bound requires the antithetic cancellation in GℓG^\ellGℓ to be exhibited explicitly. The naive bound ∥Gℓ∥≤2Lf\|G^\ell\|\le2L_f∥Gℓ∥≤2Lf​ gives no decay in ℓ\ellℓ, and the estimator's second moment then grows like 2L2^L2L instead of LLL. Finally, the expectation over a run of TTT dependent iterates needs a careful product-measure argument: the iterate θt\theta_tθt​ is a function of ξ0,…,ξt−1\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{t-1}ξ0​,…,ξt−1​, and ξt\xi_tξt​ is independent of it.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Rdθ\mathbb R^{d_\theta}Rdθ​ is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The mirror norm is a function with the norm axioms and Assumption EC.1, and its dual norm is a real supremum over its unit ball. ∇ω\nabla\omega∇ω is a gradient within Θ\ThetaΘ.

  • Prox-mapping. It is a map characterized by its argmin property on Θ\ThetaΘ.

  • The kernel. Q\mathbb QQ is an arbitrary Markov kernel. This contains the paper's Gibbs kernel Qx,ϵ\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}Qx,ϵ​, which the BSMD analysis never uses.

  • Subgradients. "∇θ\nabla_\theta∇θ​" always means a selected subgradient; no differentiability of the loss is assumed. gℓg^\ellgℓ and GℓG^\ellGℓ are given in explicit chain-rule form, the same selected subgradients in every block.

  • Randomness. A run of length TTT is driven by TTT i.i.d. samples under Measure.pi. The RT-MLMC sample is (ℓ^,x,z1,…,z2L)(\hat\ell,x,z_1,\dots,z_{2^L})(ℓ^,x,z1​,…,z2L​), with level ℓ^\hat\ellℓ^ reading the first 2ℓ^2^{\hat\ell}2ℓ^ draws.

  • Measurability and integrability. The prox-mapping and the subgradient selector are measurable. Every expectation in a conclusion comes with its integrability, which rules out a vacuous reading in which a non-integrable quantity has expectation 000.

  • Explicit forms of the paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). The paper writes O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and O~(⋅)\tilde O(\cdot)O~(⋅); its proof (p. ec20) yields the hyper-parameters stated above. They are fixed in the goal, not quantified existentially:

    • L=max⁡(1,⌈log⁡(2λϵe2K/δ)/log⁡2⌉)L=\max(1,\lceil\log(2\lambda\epsilon e^{2K}/\delta)/\log2\rceil)L=max(1,⌈log(2λϵe2K/δ)/log2⌉) for both estimators;
    • SG: T=max⁡(1,⌈8Lf2D/(κc2δ2)⌉)T=\max(1,\lceil8L_f^2D/(\kappa\mathfrak c^2\delta^2)\rceil)T=max(1,⌈8Lf2​D/(κc2δ2)⌉) and h=2κc2D/(TLf2)h=\sqrt{2\kappa\mathfrak c^2D/(TL_f^2)}h=2κc2D/(TLf2​)​;
    • RT-MLMC: M2=2(L+1)Lf2e4K/c2M^2=2(L+1)L_f^2e^{4K}/\mathfrak c^2M2=2(L+1)Lf2​e4K/c2, T=max⁡(1,⌈16(L+1)Lf2De4K/(κc2δ2)⌉)T=\max(1,\lceil16(L+1)L_f^2De^{4K}/(\kappa\mathfrak c^2\delta^2)\rceil)T=max(1,⌈16(L+1)Lf2​De4K/(κc2δ2)⌉) and h=2κD/(TM2)h=\sqrt{2\kappa D/(TM^2)}h=2κD/(TM2)​.

    The max 1 guards enforce the paper's L∈N+L\in\mathbb N_+L∈N+​ and T≥1T\ge1T≥1. The sample counts are not stated as Lean claims, since they follow by construction: per iteration, one draw from P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P, plus 2L2^L2L draws from Qx\mathbb Q_xQx​ for SG or (L+1)/(2−2−L)(L+1)/(2-2^{-L})(L+1)/(2−2−L) in expectation for RT-MLMC. Remark EC.1 prints the latter as L/(2−2−L)L/(2-2^{-L})L/(2−2−L).

  • Two corrections to the printed text.

    • The output averages θ0,…,θT−1\theta_0,\dots,\theta_{T-1}θ0​,…,θT−1​. The paper prints θ1,…,θT\theta_1,\dots,\theta_Tθ1​,…,θT​, for which Lemma EC.7 has a two-dimensional counterexample with T=1T=1T=1 (in the Lemma EC.7 item).
    • The RT-MLMC constant M2M^2M2 keeps the factor c−2\mathfrak c^{-2}c−2 that the paper's display drops; the paper's TTT already carries it. Both versions agree in the Euclidean case c=1\mathfrak c=1c=1.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of the milestones. A reusable Lean development of stochastic mirror descent with biased oracles. The MLMC bias and variance lemmas for log⁡\loglog of a sample mean. A follow-up mission on the bisection search (Theorem 3).

Selected references

  • J. Wang, R. Gao, Y. Xie, Sinkhorn Distributionally Robust Optimization, arXiv:2109.11926v5, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.11926v5
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust Stochastic Approximation Approach to Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4):1574–1609, 2009 (reference [77] of arXiv:2109.11926v5).
  • Y. Hu, X. Chen, N. He, Sample Complexity of Sample Average Approximation for Conditional Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 30(3):2103–2133, 2020 (reference [54] of arXiv:2109.11926v5).
  • Y. Hu, X. Chen, N. He, On the Bias-Variance-Cost Tradeoff of Stochastic Optimization, NeurIPS 2021 (reference [55] of arXiv:2109.11926v5).
  • J. H. Blanchet, P. W. Glynn, Unbiased Monte Carlo for Optimization and Functions of Expectations via Multi-Level Randomization, Winter Simulation Conference, 3656–3667, 2015 (reference [22] of arXiv:2109.11926v5).
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sinkhorn Distributionally Robust Optimization 1: Strong Duality — the Worst-Case Expectation over a Sinkhorn Ball Equals inf over λ ≥ 0 of λρ̄ + λε·E log E_Q[e^{f/(λε)}]Research Paper

Motivation

Distributionally robust optimization (DRO) hedges a decision against uncertainty in the data distribution. It minimizes the worst-case expected loss over an ambiguity set of distributions around a nominal one, typically the empirical distribution of the data. Ambiguity sets built from the Wasserstein (optimal-transport) distance are standard in operations research and machine learning, because they contain distributions with supports different from the nominal one. A known drawback is that the worst case is attained at discrete distributions, which is unrealistic when the true distribution is continuous.

Wang, Gao and Xie (arXiv:2109.11926v5) replace the Wasserstein distance by the Sinkhorn distance, the entropically regularized optimal-transport cost of Cuturi (NeurIPS 2013). Their main theorem is a strong duality result: the infinite-dimensional worst-case problem over a Sinkhorn ball equals a one-dimensional convex minimization. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Timeline:

  • 2013: Cuturi introduces the Sinkhorn distance as a fast surrogate for optimal transport.
  • 2016–2023: strong duality for Wasserstein DRO, by Gao and Kleywegt (arXiv:1604.02199), Blanchet and Murthy (arXiv:1604.01446), and Zhang, Yang and Gao (arXiv:2205.00362).
  • 2021–2025: Wang, Gao and Xie prove strong duality for Sinkhorn DRO for a general measurable sample space, a measurable loss and an arbitrary nominal distribution.

Setting

Let Z\mathcal ZZ be a measurable space. The data are:

  • a nominal probability distribution P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P;
  • a σ-finite reference measure ν≠0\nu\neq0ν=0;
  • a transport cost c:Z×Z→[0,∞]c:\mathcal Z\times\mathcal Z\to[0,\infty]c:Z×Z→[0,∞];
  • a regularization parameter ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and a radius ρ∈R\rho\in\mathbb Rρ∈R;
  • a loss f:Z→R∪{∞}f:\mathcal Z\to\mathbb R\cup\{\infty\}f:Z→R∪{∞}.

For a probability distribution P\mathbb PP, the Sinkhorn distance (Definition 1, with reference measures P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P and ν\nuν) is

Wϵ(P^,P)=inf⁡γ∈Γ(P^,P)E(x,y)∼γ[c(x,y)+ϵlog⁡dγ(x,y)dP^(x) dν(y)],\mathcal W_\epsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)=\inf_{\gamma\in\Gamma(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)}\mathbb E_{(x,y)\sim\gamma}\Big[c(x,y)+\epsilon\log\frac{d\gamma(x,y)}{d\widehat{\mathbb P}(x)\,d\nu(y)}\Big],Wϵ​(P,P)=γ∈Γ(P,P)inf​E(x,y)∼γ​[c(x,y)+ϵlogdP(x)dν(y)dγ(x,y)​],

where Γ(P^,P)\Gamma(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)Γ(P,P) is the set of couplings with these marginals. The primal value is the worst-case expected loss over the Sinkhorn ball,

V=sup⁡{EP[f]: Wϵ(P^,P)≤ρ}.V=\sup\big\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[f]:\ \mathcal W_\epsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)\le\rho\big\}.V=sup{EP​[f]: Wϵ​(P,P)≤ρ}.

The dual problem uses three more objects. The kernel distribution is dQx,ϵ(z)∝e−c(x,z)/ϵ dν(z)d\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}(z)\propto e^{-c(x,z)/\epsilon}\,d\nu(z)dQx,ϵ​(z)∝e−c(x,z)/ϵdν(z). The adjusted radius is ρˉ=ρ+ϵ Ex∼P^[log⁡Ez∼νe−c(x,z)/ϵ]\bar\rho=\rho+\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{x\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}[\log\mathbb E_{z\sim\nu}e^{-c(x,z)/\epsilon}]ρˉ​=ρ+ϵEx∼P​[logEz∼ν​e−c(x,z)/ϵ]. The dual value is

VD=inf⁡λ≥0{λρˉ+λϵ Ex∼P^[log⁡Ez∼Qx,ϵ[ef(z)/(λϵ)]]},V_D=\inf_{\lambda\ge0}\Big\{\lambda\bar\rho+\lambda\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{x\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\Big[\log\mathbb E_{z\sim\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}}\big[e^{f(z)/(\lambda\epsilon)}\big]\Big]\Big\},VD​=λ≥0inf​{λρˉ​+λϵEx∼P​[logEz∼Qx,ϵ​​[ef(z)/(λϵ)]]},

where the objective at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 is ess sup⁡νf\operatorname{ess\,sup}_\nu fesssupν​f.

Assumption 1 requires:

  • ccc is measurable and, for P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-a.e. xxx, finite ν\nuν-a.e.;
  • Eνe−c(x,⋅)/ϵ<∞\mathbb E_\nu e^{-c(x,\cdot)/\epsilon}<\inftyEν​e−c(x,⋅)/ϵ<∞ for P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-a.e. xxx;
  • fff is measurable;
  • every coupling with first marginal P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P disintegrates along P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P.

Condition 1 asks for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 with EQx,ϵ[ef/(λϵ)]<∞\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}}[e^{f/(\lambda\epsilon)}]<\inftyEQx,ϵ​​[ef/(λϵ)]<∞ for P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-a.e. xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (strong duality)

Under Assumption 1:

(I)  ∃ P: Wϵ(P^,P)≤ρ  ⟺  ρˉ≥0;(II)  ρˉ≥0  ⟹  V=VD.\text{(I) }\ \exists\,\mathbb P:\ \mathcal W_\epsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)\le\rho\iff\bar\rho\ge0;\qquad \text{(II) }\ \bar\rho\ge0\implies V=V_D.(I)  ∃P: Wϵ​(P,P)≤ρ⟺ρˉ​≥0;(II)  ρˉ​≥0⟹V=VD​.

(III) If ρˉ>0\bar\rho>0ρˉ​>0, then V=VD<∞V=V_D<\inftyV=VD​<∞ when the dual objective is finite at some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, and V=VD=∞V=V_D=\inftyV=VD​=∞ otherwise.

(IV) If ρˉ>0\bar\rho>0ρˉ​>0 and Condition 1 holds, then 000 is the unique dual minimizer if and only if

ess sup⁡νf<∞andρˉ≥ϵ Ex∼P^[log⁡(1/Qx,ϵ(A))],A={f=ess sup⁡νf}.\operatorname{ess\,sup}_\nu f<\infty\quad\text{and}\quad\bar\rho\ge\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{x\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\big[\log\big(1/\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}(A)\big)\big],\qquad A=\{f=\operatorname{ess\,sup}_\nu f\}.esssupν​f<∞andρˉ​≥ϵEx∼P​[log(1/Qx,ϵ​(A))],A={f=esssupν​f}.

Milestones

The milestones are the numbered lemmas of the paper's proof, in the order the proof uses them:

  • Lemma EC.2: the Gibbs variational principle, sup⁡P≪νEP[f−τlog⁡dPdν]=τlog⁡Eνef/τ\sup_{\mathbb P\ll\nu}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[f-\tau\log\frac{d\mathbb P}{d\nu}]=\tau\log\mathbb E_\nu e^{f/\tau}supP≪ν​EP​[f−τlogdνdP​]=τlogEν​ef/τ.
  • Lemma EC.3: measurability of the inner value x↦vx(λ)x\mapsto v_x(\lambda)x↦vx​(λ).
  • Lemma 1: weak duality V≤VDV\le V_DV≤VD​.
  • Lemma 2: a KL-constrained reformulation of the primal problem.
  • Lemma EC.4: existence of a dual minimizer.
  • Lemma 3: the first-order condition (9) and uniqueness when λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0.
  • Lemma EC.5: the criterion for λ∗=0\lambda^*=0λ∗=0.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 turns a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions into a scalar convex program. That program can be solved by first-order methods using only samples from P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P and from the kernels Qx,ϵ\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}Qx,ϵ​, which is the basis of the paper's algorithm (Section 4). The proof also constructs the worst-case distribution: it is absolutely continuous with respect to ν\nuν, not discrete. Theorem 1(IV) says exactly when the ambiguity constraint is binding. The finite-support conic reformulation (Corollary 1) and the closed form for linear losses (Example 1) both follow from the theorem.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof exists. Formalization adds two things. First, it pins down the extended-valued conventions: VVV, VDV_DVD​ and fff all take values in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞], and the paper does not specify how undefined expectations and the λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 objective are treated. Second, it checks every case of the proof, including the degenerate ones. Doing so has already corrected two statements; see Formalization scope.

Difficulty

Weak duality (Lemma 1) is Lagrangian relaxation plus the Gibbs principle. The difficulty is the reverse inequality V≥VDV\ge V_DV≥VD​. Interchanging the supremum over distributions with the infimum over λ\lambdaλ requires a minimax theorem. The usual minimax theorems need compactness or semicontinuity in the distribution variable. The paper's setting has neither: Z\mathcal ZZ is an arbitrary measurable space, fff is only measurable and may be +∞+\infty+∞, and P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P is arbitrary. So a minimax theorem cannot be applied directly.

The proof instead constructs near-optimal primal distributions from the dual minimizer. This needs three separate cases:

  • λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0, with a first-order condition;
  • λ∗=0\lambda^*=0λ∗=0, with a distribution concentrated on the essential maximizers of fff;
  • Condition 1 fails, with a truncation argument.

Each case needs integrability facts about EQx,ϵ[ef/(λϵ)]\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}}[e^{f/(\lambda\epsilon)}]EQx,ϵ​​[ef/(λϵ)] in which xxx and λ\lambdaλ interact. Disintegrating couplings (Assumption 1(IV)) and making the extended-valued expectations meaningful are a further source of work in Lean.

Formalization scope

All values (primal value, Sinkhorn distance, dual objective) are EReal. Expectations are the published DupacovaWets.Consistency.expect: ∫g+−∫g−\int g^+-\int g^-∫g+−∫g−, with lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and the convention ∞−∞=+∞\infty-\infty=+\infty∞−∞=+∞. The Bochner integral appears only in ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​, which every theorem assumes finite.

Further conventions:

  • Sinkhorn distance. The cost and the entropy form a single integrand. A coupling not absolutely continuous with respect to P^⊗ν\widehat{\mathbb P}\otimes\nuP⊗ν contributes +∞+\infty+∞. An infeasible primal has V=−∞V=-\inftyV=−∞.
  • Dual objective. The value at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 is defined as Mathlib's essSup f ν, not as a limit. Logarithms are ENNReal.log, so log⁡∞=∞\log\infty=\inftylog∞=∞ and log⁡0=−∞\log 0=-\inftylog0=−∞; e+∞=+∞e^{+\infty}=+\inftye+∞=+∞.
  • Kernels. Qx,ϵ\mathbb Q_{x,\epsilon}Qx,ϵ​ is a normalized withDensity measure. Families {γx}x∈supp⁡P^\{\gamma_x\}_{x\in\operatorname{supp}\widehat{\mathbb P}}{γx​}x∈suppP​ are Markov kernels on all of Z\mathcal ZZ.

Hypotheses added to the page:

  • ν\nuν is σ-finite and nonzero;
  • ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0;
  • x↦log⁡Eνe−c(x,⋅)/ϵx\mapsto\log\mathbb E_\nu e^{-c(x,\cdot)/\epsilon}x↦logEν​e−c(x,⋅)/ϵ is P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-integrable, so that ρˉ∈R\bar\rho\in\mathbb Rρˉ​∈R.

"ν{0≤c<∞}=1\nu\{0\le c<\infty\}=1ν{0≤c<∞}=1" is read as "ν\nuν-a.e.". "λ∗=0\lambda^*=0λ∗=0" is read as "000 is the unique dual minimizer".

Corrections to the paper:

  • Theorem 1(III). The paper's version with Condition 1 is false: a.e.-finite inner expectations do not make the dual objective finite. A counterexample on N\mathbb NN is in the goal's note. The goal is stated with the integrated condition "the dual objective is finite at some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0".
  • Lemma 3. The lemma is stated under the added hypothesis that the dual objective is finite at some λ1<λ∗\lambda_1<\lambda^*λ1​<λ∗ (and is not −∞-\infty−∞ at λ∗\lambda^*λ∗). Without it, λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ can sit at the edge of the domain where the objective is finite, and (9) fails.

No statement involves an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) constant.

A formalization that lets an undefined Sinkhorn integrand evaluate to −∞-\infty−∞ (Mathlib's ⊤+⊥=⊥\top+\bot=\bot⊤+⊥=⊥) is ruled out: it would put every distribution into the ball and make the theorem trivial. The combined integrand and the +∞+\infty+∞ convention exclude this.

A complete development needs:

  • a Gibbs/Donsker–Varadhan variational principle for σ-finite reference measures and extended-valued functions;
  • disintegration of couplings;
  • convexity and differentiation of λ↦λlog⁡Eef/λ\lambda\mapsto\lambda\log\mathbb E e^{f/\lambda}λ↦λlogEef/λ.

The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone, and toward these general lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Wang, R. Gao, Y. Xie, Sinkhorn Distributionally Robust Optimization, arXiv:2109.11926v5, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.11926
  • M. Cuturi, Sinkhorn Distances: Lightspeed Computation of Optimal Transport, NeurIPS, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.0895
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally Robust Stochastic Optimization with Wasserstein Distance, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02199
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.01446
  • L. Zhang, J. Yang, R. Gao, A Short and General Duality Proof for Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization, Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2205.00362
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods to (Almost) Locally Optimal Policies: Random-Horizon Policy Gradient with Robbins–Monro Stepsizes Drives the Policy Gradient to Zero Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods are the main family of reinforcement learning algorithms that search directly over a parameterized class of stochastic policies πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​, θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd, by stochastic gradient ascent on the expected discounted return. They underlie REINFORCE, actor-critic methods and their deep-learning descendants. The return is a nonconvex function of θ\thetaθ, and the gradient is available only through Monte Carlo samples of trajectories, so the basic question is what the iterates of such a method converge to.

Classical analyses of actor-critic algorithms (Konda and Tsitsiklis, 2003) use the ODE method of stochastic approximation and assume that the gradient estimate is unbiased. In the infinite-horizon discounted setting, a trajectory of finite length cannot by itself produce an unbiased sample of the gradient. Zhang, Koppel, Zhu and Başar (arXiv:1906.08383, SIAM J. Control Optim. 58(6), 2020) resolve this with random horizons: drawing the trajectory lengths from geometric distributions makes the resulting estimate exactly unbiased and almost surely bounded. They then prove convergence of the resulting random-horizon policy gradient (RPG) algorithm with the supermartingale convergence theorem, an optimization argument that also yields rates. This mission formalizes that first part of the paper (§2–§4 and App. A.1–A.4). The paper's later results on escaping saddle points are not part of it.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process is a tuple (S,A,P,R,γ)(\mathcal S,\mathcal A,P,R,\gamma)(S,A,P,R,γ): finite state and action sets, transition probabilities P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), rewards R(s,a)R(s,a)R(s,a) and a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1). A stochastic policy π\piπ gives a probability vector π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) on A\mathcal AA at each state. Its value Vπ(s)=E(∑t≥0γtR(st,at)∣s0=s)V_\pi(s)=\mathbb E\big(\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tR(s_t,a_t)\mid s_0=s\big)Vπ​(s)=E(∑t≥0​γtR(st​,at​)∣s0​=s) and Q-function Qπ(s,a)Q_\pi(s,a)Qπ​(s,a) are the expected discounted returns from a state, respectively a state-action pair.

A parameterized policy assigns to each θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd a policy πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​. Fix an initial state s0s_0s0​. The objective is

J(θ)=Vπθ(s0),max⁡θ∈RdJ(θ).J(\theta)=V_{\pi_\theta}(s_0),\qquad \max_{\theta\in\mathbb R^d}J(\theta).J(θ)=Vπθ​​(s0​),θ∈Rdmax​J(θ).

The score function is ∇θlog⁡πθ(a∣s)\nabla_\theta\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)∇θ​logπθ​(a∣s). The discounted state-occupancy measure is ρπθ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtp(st=s∣s0,πθ)\rho_{\pi_\theta}(s)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tp(s_t=s\mid s_0,\pi_\theta)ρπθ​​(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtp(st​=s∣s0​,πθ​), and ρθ(s,a)=ρπθ(s)πθ(a∣s)\rho_\theta(s,a)=\rho_{\pi_\theta}(s)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)ρθ​(s,a)=ρπθ​​(s)πθ​(a∣s).

Assumption 3.1 asks for ∣R(s,a)∣≤UR|R(s,a)|\le U_R∣R(s,a)∣≤UR​ and for a differentiable policy whose score exists, is LΘL_\ThetaLΘ​-Lipschitz in θ\thetaθ and is bounded in norm by BΘ>0B_\Theta>0BΘ​>0. Two constants recur below:

L=URLΘ(1−γ)2+(1+γ)URBΘ2(1−γ)3,ℓ^=BΘUR(1−γ)(1−γ1/2).L=\frac{U_RL_\Theta}{(1-\gamma)^2}+\frac{(1+\gamma)U_RB_\Theta^2}{(1-\gamma)^3},\qquad \hat\ell=\frac{B_\Theta U_R}{(1-\gamma)(1-\gamma^{1/2})}.L=(1−γ)2UR​LΘ​​+(1−γ)3(1+γ)UR​BΘ2​​,ℓ^=(1−γ)(1−γ1/2)BΘ​UR​​.

The RPG algorithm (Algorithm 3) works as follows at the current iterate θk\theta_kθk​:

  1. Draw a horizon T∼Geom(1−γ)T\sim\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma)T∼Geom(1−γ) and simulate s0,a0,…,sT,aTs_0,a_0,\dots,s_T,a_Ts0​,a0​,…,sT​,aT​ under πθk\pi_{\theta_k}πθk​​.
  2. From the last pair (sT,aT)(s_T,a_T)(sT​,aT​), the subroutine EstQ draws an independent T′∼Geom(1−γ1/2)T'\sim\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma^{1/2})T′∼Geom(1−γ1/2), rolls out T′T'T′ further steps and returns Q^=∑t=0T′γt/2R(st,at)\hat Q=\sum_{t=0}^{T'}\gamma^{t/2}R(s_t,a_t)Q^​=∑t=0T′​γt/2R(st​,at​).
  3. Update
θk+1=θk+αk∇^J(θk),∇^J(θ)=11−γQ^ ∇log⁡πθ(aT∣sT).\theta_{k+1}=\theta_k+\alpha_k\hat\nabla J(\theta_k),\qquad \hat\nabla J(\theta)=\frac{1}{1-\gamma}\hat Q\,\nabla\log\pi_\theta(a_T\mid s_T).θk+1​=θk​+αk​∇^J(θk​),∇^J(θ)=1−γ1​Q^​∇logπθ​(aT​∣sT​).

Assumption 4.1 is the Robbins–Monro condition ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2, in the form its proof establishes

Under Assumptions 3.1 and 4.1, almost surely

lim⁡k→∞∥∇J(θk)∥=0,\lim_{k\to\infty}\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0,k→∞lim​∥∇J(θk​)∥=0,

and almost surely every cluster point θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ of (θk)(\theta_k)(θk​) satisfies ∇J(θˉ)=0\nabla J(\bar\theta)=0∇J(θˉ)=0. The page states the conclusion as "lim⁡kθk∈Θ∗\lim_k\theta_k\in\Theta^*limk​θk​∈Θ∗", where Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ is the set of stationary points. Read literally, that asserts convergence of θk\theta_kθk​, which fails when JJJ has no stationary point at all (one state, two actions, a softmax policy). The goal states what the proof on p. 30 concludes.

Milestones

  1. ∣Qπ(s,a)∣,∣Vπ(s)∣≤UR/(1−γ)|Q_\pi(s,a)|,|V_\pi(s)|\le U_R/(1-\gamma)∣Qπ​(s,a)∣,∣Vπ​(s)∣≤UR​/(1−γ) (p. 6).
  2. The policy gradient theorem (3.4): ∇J(θ)=11−γE(s,a)∼ρθ[∇log⁡πθ(a∣s)Qπθ(s,a)]\nabla J(\theta)=\frac1{1-\gamma}\mathbb E_{(s,a)\sim\rho_\theta}[\nabla\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)Q_{\pi_\theta}(s,a)]∇J(θ)=1−γ1​E(s,a)∼ρθ​​[∇logπθ​(a∣s)Qπθ​​(s,a)].
  3. Lemma 3.2: ∇J\nabla J∇J is LLL-Lipschitz.
  4. Theorem 3.4, ∇^J\hat\nabla J∇^J clauses: E∇^J(θ)=∇J(θ)\mathbb E\hat\nabla J(\theta)=\nabla J(\theta)E∇^J(θ)=∇J(θ), ∥∇J(θ)∥≤BΘUR/(1−γ)2\|\nabla J(\theta)\|\le B_\Theta U_R/(1-\gamma)^2∥∇J(θ)∥≤BΘ​UR​/(1−γ)2, ∥∇^J(θ)∥≤ℓ^\|\hat\nabla J(\theta)\|\le\hat\ell∥∇^J(θ)∥≤ℓ^ a.s.
  5. Lemma A.1: the ascent inequality (A.23), and Wk=J(θk)−Lℓ^2∑j≥kαj2W_k=J(\theta_k)-L\hat\ell^2\sum_{j\ge k}\alpha_j^2Wk​=J(θk​)−Lℓ^2∑j≥k​αj2​ is a bounded submartingale with E[Wk+1∣Fk]≥Wk+αk∥∇J(θk)∥2\mathbb E[W_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k]\ge W_k+\alpha_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|^2E[Wk+1​∣Fk​]≥Wk​+αk​∥∇J(θk​)∥2.
  6. (A.26): ∑kαk∥∇J(θk)∥2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|^2<\infty∑k​αk​∥∇J(θk​)∥2<∞ a.s.
  7. (A.27): lim inf⁡k∥∇J(θk)∥=0\liminf_k\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0liminfk​∥∇J(θk​)∥=0 a.s.

Companion: Corollary 4.4 in its explicit form (A.37)

With constant stepsize α>0\alpha>0α>0 and Assumption 3.1 only, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

1k∑m=1kE∥∇J(θm)∥2≤1kα⋅2UR1−γ+Lαℓ^2.\frac1k\sum_{m=1}^k\mathbb E\|\nabla J(\theta_m)\|^2\le\frac{1}{k\alpha}\cdot\frac{2U_R}{1-\gamma}+L\alpha\hat\ell^2.k1​m=1∑k​E∥∇J(θm​)∥2≤kα1​⋅1−γ2UR​​+Lαℓ^2.

Significance

The theorem shows that Monte Carlo policy gradient, with a sampling scheme that can be implemented from simulated trajectories alone, behaves like an exact stochastic gradient method on a smooth nonconvex objective. It needs no ODE approximation, no two-timescale critic and no assumption that the estimate is unbiased: unbiasedness is proved (Theorem 3.4). The same estimates give the finite-time bound of Corollary 4.4 and are the starting point of the paper's second part, which adds perturbations to escape saddle points.

To our knowledge none of these results has been machine-checked. The mission's work is to formalize the known proof: the infinite-horizon policy gradient theorem with a vector parameter, the smoothness bound with its explicit constant, the exact law of the random-horizon estimator and its moments, and the supermartingale argument. The formal statements also repair three misprints of the source: the conclusion of Theorem 4.2, the tail ∑j=k∞αk2\sum_{j=k}^\infty\alpha_k^2∑j=k∞​αk2​ of (A.22), which is read as ∑j≥kαj2\sum_{j\ge k}\alpha_j^2∑j≥k​αj2​, and the O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) of Corollary 4.4, which is replaced by its explicit form (A.37).

Difficulty

Each step of the argument is standard on paper. The work is in the parts that the paper treats in one line:

  • Unbiasedness. It rests on two separate identities. The law of the last state of a Geom(1−γ)\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma)Geom(1−γ)-length trajectory is ρπθ\rho_{\pi_\theta}ρπθ​​. A γ1/2\gamma^{1/2}γ1/2-discounted sum over a Geom(1−γ1/2)\mathrm{Geom}(1-\gamma^{1/2})Geom(1−γ1/2) horizon has the mean of a γ\gammaγ-discounted infinite sum. Both are exchanges of infinite sums over trajectories of unbounded length.
  • Smoothness. Lemma 3.2 requires differentiating JJJ twice through an infinite series of policy-dependent transition matrices, with bounds uniform in θ\thetaθ.
  • The final step. (A.26) and the non-summability of the stepsizes give only lim inf⁡∥∇J(θk)∥=0\liminf\|\nabla J(\theta_k)\|=0liminf∥∇J(θk​)∥=0. Upgrading this to a limit needs a separate pathwise argument, which uses the Lipschitz continuity of ∇J\nabla J∇J and the almost sure convergence of the martingale part of the iterates. The tempting first idea, that a summable series with non-summable weights forces its terms to zero, is false.

Formalization scope

  • Finite case. The state and action spaces are finite types. The paper also allows compact real vector spaces; this mission does not cover them. Values, Q-functions and occupation probabilities are the published FoundationsML layer (PolicyValue, QFunction, OccupationDist, IsPolicy, IsTransitionKernel). Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and ∇\nabla∇ is Mathlib's gradient.
  • Assumption 3.1 includes πθ(a∣s)>0\pi_\theta(a\mid s)>0πθ​(a∣s)>0: this is the reading of "the score function exists", since log⁡0\log 0log0 is a junk value in Lean. It also states LΘ≥0L_\Theta\ge0LΘ​≥0, which is implicit in "LΘL_\ThetaLΘ​-Lipschitz".
  • The algorithm is encoded by its exact sampling law. rpgLaw θ is the law of ∇^J(θ)\hat\nabla J(\theta)∇^J(θ), built from the geometric horizons, the trajectory probabilities and EstQ. A run is a filtered probability space carrying θk\theta_kθk​ and gkg_kgk​ with θk+1=θk+αkgk\theta_{k+1}=\theta_k+\alpha_kg_kθk+1​=θk​+αk​gk​ on every path, θk\theta_kθk​ adapted, and the conditional law of gkg_kgk​ given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ equal to rpgLaw θ_k.
  • Ruled out. Postulating an abstract "unbiased bounded oracle" in place of rpgLaw would assume Theorem 3.4 and turn the goal into generic SGD; that encoding is ruled out. A sorry-free example shows that the run hypothesis is satisfiable and that rpgLaw is a probability measure.
  • Stepsizes and limits. The stepsizes are positive; the page says only "stepsize", and its proofs divide by αk\alpha_kαk​. Divergence of ∑αk\sum\alpha_k∑αk​ is Tendsto of the partial sums to +∞+\infty+∞. "Cluster point" is MapClusterPt.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, in particular the infinite-horizon policy gradient theorem with vector parameters and the unbiasedness of rpgLaw. These are reusable for every Monte Carlo policy gradient analysis.

Selected references

  • K. Zhang, A. Koppel, H. Zhu, T. Başar, Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods to (Almost) Locally Optimal Policies, SIAM J. Control Optim. 58(6), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.08383 (v3 is the source of this mission)
  • R. S. Sutton, D. McAllester, S. Singh, Y. Mansour, Policy Gradient Methods for Reinforcement Learning with Function Approximation, NeurIPS 1999. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/1713-policy-gradient-methods-for-reinforcement-learning-with-function-approximation
  • V. R. Konda, J. N. Tsitsiklis, On Actor-Critic Algorithms, SIAM J. Control Optim. 42(4), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012901385691
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient Convergence in Gradient Methods with Errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10(3), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • H. Robbins, D. Siegmund, A Convergence Theorem for Non Negative Almost Supermartingales and Some Applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Proximal Alternating Direction Method of Multiplier for Linearly Constrained Nonconvex Minimization: With Small Stepsizes the Smoothed Proximal ADMM Iterates Approach the KKT SetResearch Paper

Motivation

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) and the closely related augmented Lagrangian method are workhorses for linearly constrained optimization: they split a problem into cheap primal steps and a dual (multiplier) update, and they scale to large and distributed instances (Boyd et al., 2011). For convex objectives their convergence theory is classical (Eckstein–Bertsekas, 1992). Many applications, however, have nonconvex objectives: matrix factorization, sparse principal component analysis, and problems from signal processing and machine learning. There the simple inexact augmented Lagrangian method, which takes one projected-gradient step on the augmented Lagrangian before each multiplier update, can oscillate or diverge, and an example of this is given in §6 of the paper.

Zhang and Luo (SIAM J. Optim. 30(3), 2020) stabilize the method with a proximal term centred at an exponentially averaged copy of the primal iterates. They prove global convergence to stationary points for a smooth nonconvex objective, under linear equality constraints and box constraints, and an O(1/ε2)O(1/\varepsilon^2)O(1/ε2) iteration complexity, without assuming that AAA has full row rank. Earlier analyses of nonconvex ADMM, for example Hong–Luo–Razaviyayn, 2016 and Boţ–Nguyen, 2020, rely on other structure, such as a smooth last block or Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz properties. This mission formalizes the convergence theorem.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be differentiable, A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, and let P={x∈Rn: ℓi≤xi≤ui}P=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:\ \ell_i\le x_i\le u_i\}P={x∈Rn: ℓi​≤xi​≤ui​} be a box with ℓi<ui\ell_i<u_iℓi​<ui​. The problem is

min⁡xf(x)subject toAx=b, x∈P.(1.1)\min_x f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax=b,\ x\in P. \tag{1.1}xmin​f(x)subject toAx=b, x∈P.(1.1)

A point xxx is stationary if there are multipliers y∈Rmy\in\mathbb R^my∈Rm and μ,ν∈Rn\mu,\nu\in\mathbb R^nμ,ν∈Rn with

∇f(x)+A⊤y−μ+ν=0,Ax=b,x∈P,μ,ν≥0,μi(ℓi−xi)=0,νi(xi−ui)=0.\nabla f(x)+A^\top y-\mu+\nu=0,\quad Ax=b,\quad x\in P,\quad \mu,\nu\ge 0,\quad \mu_i(\ell_i-x_i)=0,\quad \nu_i(x_i-u_i)=0 .∇f(x)+A⊤y−μ+ν=0,Ax=b,x∈P,μ,ν≥0,μi​(ℓi​−xi​)=0,νi​(xi​−ui​)=0.

X∗X^*X∗ is the set of stationary points and WWW the set of primal-dual pairs (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) for which such μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν exist. Strict complementarity means that for every such tuple and every iii, exactly one of μi\mu_iμi​ and ℓi−xi\ell_i-x_iℓi​−xi​ is zero and exactly one of νi\nu_iνi​ and xi−uix_i-u_ixi​−ui​ is zero.

Assumption 2.2 asks for three things: (a) 000 lies in the relative interior of {Ax−b:x∈P}\{Ax-b: x\in P\}{Ax−b:x∈P}; (b) strict complementarity holds; (c) ∥∇f(x)−∇f(x′)∥≤L∥x−x′∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(x')\|\le L\|x-x'\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(x′)∥≤L∥x−x′∥ on PPP for some L>0L>0L>0. A constant γ\gammaγ, possibly negative, satisfies ⟨∇f(x)−∇f(x′),x−x′⟩≥γ∥x−x′∥2\langle\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(x'),x-x'\rangle\ge\gamma\|x-x'\|^2⟨∇f(x)−∇f(x′),x−x′⟩≥γ∥x−x′∥2 on PPP.

With constants Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0 and p>0p>0p>0, the proximal augmented Lagrangian is

K(x,z;y)=f(x)+y⊤(Ax−b)+Γ2∥Ax−b∥2+p2∥x−z∥2.K(x,z;y)=f(x)+y^\top(Ax-b)+\frac\Gamma2\|Ax-b\|^2+\frac p2\|x-z\|^2 .K(x,z;y)=f(x)+y⊤(Ax−b)+2Γ​∥Ax−b∥2+2p​∥x−z∥2.

Algorithm 2.2 starts from x0,z0∈Px^0,z^0\in Px0,z0∈P and y0∈Rmy^0\in\mathbb R^my0∈Rm, and for t=0,1,…t=0,1,\dotst=0,1,… sets

yt+1=yt+α(Axt−b),xt+1=[xt−c∇xK(xt,zt;yt+1)]+,zt+1=zt+β(xt+1−zt),y^{t+1}=y^t+\alpha(Ax^t-b),\qquad x^{t+1}=[x^t-c\nabla_xK(x^t,z^t;y^{t+1})]_+,\qquad z^{t+1}=z^t+\beta(x^{t+1}-z^t),yt+1=yt+α(Axt−b),xt+1=[xt−c∇x​K(xt,zt;yt+1)]+​,zt+1=zt+β(xt+1−zt),

where [⋅]+[\cdot]_+[⋅]+​ is the projection onto PPP, α>0\alpha>0α>0 and 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1 are the dual and smoothing stepsizes, and 0<c<1/LK0<c<1/L_K0<c<1/LK​ with LK=L+p+Γ∥A∥2L_K=L+p+\Gamma\|A\|^2LK​=L+p+Γ∥A∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4

Assume Assumption 2.2, p>−γp>-\gammap>−γ, p>0p>0p>0, Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0 and 0<c<1/LK0<c<1/L_K0<c<1/LK​. There is α0>0\alpha_0>0α0​>0 such that for every α∈(0,α0)\alpha\in(0,\alpha_0)α∈(0,α0​) and every y0y^0y0 there is β0>0\beta_0>0β0​>0 such that for every β∈(0,min⁡{1,β0}]\beta\in(0,\min\{1,\beta_0\}]β∈(0,min{1,β0​}], every run of Algorithm 2.2 from y0y^0y0 satisfies: {yt}\{y^t\}{yt} is bounded,

∥xt+1−xt∥→0,dist⁡(xt,X∗)→0,dist⁡(zt,X∗)→0,dist⁡((xt,yt),W)→0,\|x^{t+1}-x^t\|\to0,\qquad \operatorname{dist}(x^t,X^*)\to0,\qquad\operatorname{dist}(z^t,X^*)\to0,\qquad \operatorname{dist}((x^t,y^t),W)\to0,∥xt+1−xt∥→0,dist(xt,X∗)→0,dist(zt,X∗)→0,dist((xt,yt),W)→0,

and every limit point of {(xt,yt)}\{(x^t,y^t)\}{(xt,yt)} lies in WWW. The thresholds are existential, as in the paper, which proves only that "sufficiently small" stepsizes work.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  1. weak duality (2.10);
  2. the primal, dual and proximal descent lemmas (Lemmas 3.1–3.3);
  3. the Lipschitz bounds of Lemma 3.5 and the primal error bounds (3.10)–(3.11);
  4. the lower bound (3.5) on the potential ϕt=K(xt,zt;yt)−2d(yt,zt)+2M(zt)\phi^t=K(x^t,z^t;y^t)-2d(y^t,z^t)+2M(z^t)ϕt=K(xt,zt;yt)−2d(yt,zt)+2M(zt);
  5. dual boundedness (Lemma 3.4);
  6. Lemma 3.6 and Corollaries 3.7–3.8;
  7. the Hoffman bound (Proposition 3.9) and the local dual error bound (3.15);
  8. the sufficient decrease
ϕt−ϕt+1≥18c∥xt−xt+1∥2+α2∥Ax(yt+1,zt)−b∥2+p6β∥zt−zt+1∥2.(3.37)\phi^t-\phi^{t+1}\ge\frac1{8c}\|x^t-x^{t+1}\|^2+\frac\alpha2\|Ax(y^{t+1},z^t)-b\|^2+\frac p{6\beta}\|z^t-z^{t+1}\|^2 .\tag{3.37}ϕt−ϕt+1≥8c1​∥xt−xt+1∥2+2α​∥Ax(yt+1,zt)−b∥2+6βp​∥zt−zt+1∥2.(3.37)

Here d(y,z)d(y,z)d(y,z) and x(y,z)x(y,z)x(y,z) are the minimum value and the minimizer of K(⋅,z;y)K(\cdot,z;y)K(⋅,z;y) over PPP, and M(z)M(z)M(z) and x∗(z)x^*(z)x∗(z) are those of f+p2∥⋅−z∥2f+\frac p2\|\cdot-z\|^2f+2p​∥⋅−z∥2 over the feasible set.

Companion: Theorem 4.2

Under the same hypotheses, for every run there is B>0B>0B>0 such that for every t>0t>0t>0 some (xs+1,ys+1)(x^{s+1},y^{s+1})(xs+1,ys+1) with s<ts<ts<t is a B/tB/\sqrt tB/t​-solution: ∥Ax−b∥≤ε\|Ax-b\|\le\varepsilon∥Ax−b∥≤ε and some v∈∇f(x)+A⊤y+∂ιP(x)v\in\nabla f(x)+A^\top y+\partial\iota_P(x)v∈∇f(x)+A⊤y+∂ιP​(x) has ∥v∥≤ε\|v\|\le\varepsilon∥v∥≤ε.

Significance

Theorem 2.4 is a global convergence guarantee for a single-loop, gradient-based primal-dual method on nonconvex problems with general linear constraints. Each iteration costs one gradient evaluation and one projection onto a box. Its hypotheses do not include full row rank of AAA or a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property, and strict complementarity is generic by Proposition 2.3 of the paper. Theorem 4.2 turns the same argument into an O(1/ε2)O(1/\varepsilon^2)O(1/ε2) iteration bound, which the paper reports as an improvement over the previously best known O(1/ε3)O(1/\varepsilon^3)O(1/ε3).

The result is proved on paper and has not been machine-checked. A formalization would check the three-case argument for (3.37), whose printed Case 1 leaves a step implicit (it needs dist⁡(zt,X∗)≤Δ\operatorname{dist}(z^t,X^*)\le\Deltadist(zt,X∗)≤Δ but derives only a bound on ∥xt+1−zt∥\|x^{t+1}-z^t\|∥xt+1−zt∥). It would also produce reusable components: a projected-gradient descent and error-bound library on boxes, Danskin's formula for the value of a strongly convex parametric problem, and Hoffman's bound for mixed linear systems.

Difficulty

None of the three terms KKK, −d-d−d and MMM decreases monotonically along the iteration, and the dual step can increase KKK by α∥Axt−b∥2\alpha\|Ax^t-b\|^2α∥Axt−b∥2. A direct Lyapunov argument on KKK therefore fails. The paper's potential cancels the dual increase against the dual ascent of ddd, but leaves a negative term pλ∥x(yt+1,zt)−x∗(zt)∥2p\lambda\|x(y^{t+1},z^t)-x^*(z^t)\|^2pλ∥x(yt+1,zt)−x∗(zt)∥2. Controlling that term needs a dual error bound, which holds only locally (near X∗X^*X∗ and for small dual residual) and only under strict complementarity. Away from that region, compactness of PPP and the smallness of β\betaβ are used instead. The constants involved (Δ\DeltaΔ, σ5\sigma_5σ5​, δ(⋅)\delta(\cdot)δ(⋅) from Corollaries 3.7–3.8) are not explicit, which is why the threshold for β\betaβ is not explicit either. Hoffman's bound and Danskin's theorem, both used in the proof, are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). AAA is a continuous linear map, A⊤A^\topA⊤ is its adjoint, and the paper's σ\sigmaσ (largest singular value) is the operator norm ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥. The box projection is defined coordinatewise by the paper's formula (2.1). Assumption 2.2 is split into its three parts; the relative interior is Mathlib's intrinsicInterior, and "exactly one is zero" is an exclusive or. The Lipschitz bound and the constant γ\gammaγ hold on PPP only, as on the page.

The minimizers x(y,z)x(y,z)x(y,z) and x∗(z)x^*(z)x∗(z) are not built by choice. Statements take functions with the minimizer property, which exist because PPP is compact and are unique when p>−γp>-\gammap>−γ. The values ddd, MMM and the potential are computed at them. Distances are Metric.infDist, and on Rn×Rm\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^mRn×Rm this uses the maximum of the two Euclidean distances, an equivalent metric. A limit point is a cluster point of the sequence.

Standing assumptions of the paper that the Lean states explicitly: Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0, p>0p>0p>0, p>−γp>-\gammap>−γ, 0<c<1/LK0<c<1/L_K0<c<1/LK​, 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1, α>0\alpha>0α>0. Additions relative to the page, each disclosed in the item: x∈Px\in Px∈P in (2.10), z∈Pz\in Pz∈P in Lemma 3.4 and in (3.15), nonemptiness of the polyhedron in Proposition 3.9, and the hypotheses of Theorem 2.4 for Theorem 4.2. The third constant of Lemma 3.5 is σ/(p+γ)\sigma/(p+\gamma)σ/(p+γ), as in (3.12), not the printed (p+γ)/σ(p+\gamma)/\sigma(p+γ)/σ. Constants that the paper writes with a division by ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥ are multiplied out.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The stepsizes are quantified as "there is a threshold, then every smaller stepsize and every run". All six conclusions of Theorem 2.4 are stated. Its hypotheses are exactly the paper's. It does not mention the potential or the auxiliary minimizers. The sets X∗X^*X∗, WWW and Y∗(z)Y^*(z)Y∗(z) are nonempty under the hypotheses, so no distance to an empty set decides a statement. A sorry-free check shows that the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, including strict complementarity, and that runs and minimizer selections exist.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, general-purpose lemmas (projected-gradient error bounds, Danskin's theorem, Hoffman's bound) as separate theorems, and a repair of Case 1 of (3.37) if one is needed.

Selected references

  • J. Zhang and Z.-Q. Luo, A proximal alternating direction method of multiplier for linearly constrained nonconvex minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 30(3):2272–2302, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1242276
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato and J. Eckstein, Distributed optimization and statistical learning via the alternating direction method of multipliers, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3(1):1–122, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
  • J. Eckstein and D. P. Bertsekas, On the Douglas–Rachford splitting method and the proximal point algorithm for maximal monotone operators, Math. Program. 55:293–318, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581204
  • M. Hong, Z.-Q. Luo and M. Razaviyayn, Convergence analysis of alternating direction method of multipliers for a family of nonconvex problems, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1):337–364, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/140990309
  • R. I. Boţ and D.-K. Nguyen, The proximal alternating direction method of multipliers in the nonconvex setting: convergence analysis and rates, Math. Oper. Res. 45(2):682–712, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.1008
  • F. Facchinei and J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Chance-Constrained Problems via a Smooth Sample-Based Nonlinear Approximation 3: The Sℓ1QP Model Is a First-Order Model of the Exact Penalty, |φπ(x+d) − m(x,H;d)| = O(‖d‖²)Research Paper

Motivation

A chance-constrained program minimizes a cost f(x)f(x)f(x) over decisions x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn subject to the requirement that a random constraint holds with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α: P(C(x,ξ)≤0)≥1−α\mathbb P\big(C(x,\xi)\le0\big)\ge1-\alphaP(C(x,ξ)≤0)≥1−α, where C(x,ξ)=max⁡j=1,…,mcj(x,ξ)C(x,\xi)=\max_{j=1,\dots,m}c_j(x,\xi)C(x,ξ)=maxj=1,…,m​cj​(x,ξ) collects mmm constraint functions and α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) is a risk level. Such constraints model reliability requirements in power systems, finance and engineering design. They are hard to handle numerically: the probability is rarely available in closed form, its sample estimate is a step function of xxx, and the feasible region is in general nonconvex.

Peña-Ordieres, Luedtke and Wächter (arXiv:1905.07377v2; SIAM J. Optim. 30(3), 2020, DOI 10.1137/19M1261985) replace the probability by a smoothed sample quantile, which turns the chance constraint into a single smooth nonlinear constraint, and solve the resulting problem with a trust-region method built on an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ exact penalty, in the spirit of the Sℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​QP method for regular nonlinear programs (Nocedal and Wright). This mission formalizes the analytic core of that method: the smoothed quantile is well defined and has a bounded, Lipschitz gradient, and the piecewise quadratic model used to compute trust-region steps agrees with the penalty function up to second order.

Setting

Fix ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. The smoothed indicator Γε:R→[0,1]\Gamma_\varepsilon:\mathbb R\to[0,1]Γε​:R→[0,1] equals 111 on (−∞,−ε](-\infty,-\varepsilon](−∞,−ε], 000 on [ε,∞)[\varepsilon,\infty)[ε,∞), and a strictly decreasing function γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ in between, chosen so that Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ is differentiable (equation (2.2)). The concrete choice is the quartic kernel (2.6),

γε(y)=1516(−15(y/ε)5+23(y/ε)3−y/ε+815),\gamma_\varepsilon(y)=\tfrac{15}{16}\Big(-\tfrac15(y/\varepsilon)^5+\tfrac23(y/\varepsilon)^3-y/\varepsilon+\tfrac8{15}\Big),γε​(y)=1615​(−51​(y/ε)5+32​(y/ε)3−y/ε+158​),

which makes Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ twice continuously differentiable.

Fix a sample ξ1,…,ξN\xi_1,\dots,\xi_Nξ1​,…,ξN​ of the random vector. For z∈RNz\in\mathbb R^Nz∈RN, the smoothed (1−α)(1-\alpha)(1−α)-quantile Qε(z)Q_\varepsilon(z)Qε​(z) is the number qqq solving

∑i=1NΓε(zi−q)=(1−α)N.(2.3)\sum_{i=1}^N\Gamma_\varepsilon(z_i-q)=(1-\alpha)N. \tag{2.3}i=1∑N​Γε​(zi​−q)=(1−α)N.(2.3)

It is applied to the vector CN(x)C^N(x)CN(x) with entries [CN(x)]i=max⁡jcj(x,ξi)[C^N(x)]_i=\max_jc_j(x,\xi_i)[CN(x)]i​=maxj​cj​(x,ξi​), and the smoothed sample problem requires Qε(CN(x))≤0Q_\varepsilon(C^N(x))\le0Qε​(CN(x))≤0.

With deterministic constraints g:Rn→Rpg:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^pg:Rn→Rp and a penalty parameter π>0\pi>0π>0, the exact penalty function is

φπ(x)=f(x)+π(∥[g(x)]+∥1+[Qε(CN(x))]+).(5.3)\varphi_\pi(x)=f(x)+\pi\Big(\|[g(x)]^+\|_1+[Q_\varepsilon(C^N(x))]^+\Big). \tag{5.3}φπ​(x)=f(x)+π(∥[g(x)]+∥1​+[Qε​(CN(x))]+).(5.3)

The trust-region step at xxx minimizes the model

m(x,H;d)=f(x)+∇f(x)Td+12dTHd+π(∥[g(x)+∇g(x)Td]+∥1+[Q~ε(CN(x);C~N(x;d)−CN(x))]+),(5.6)m(x,H;d)=f(x)+\nabla f(x)^{\mathsf T}d+\tfrac12d^{\mathsf T}Hd+\pi\Big(\|[g(x)+\nabla g(x)^{\mathsf T}d]^+\|_1+[\widetilde Q_\varepsilon(C^N(x);\widetilde C^N(x;d)-C^N(x))]^+\Big), \tag{5.6}m(x,H;d)=f(x)+∇f(x)Td+21​dTHd+π(∥[g(x)+∇g(x)Td]+∥1​+[Q​ε​(CN(x);CN(x;d)−CN(x))]+),(5.6)

where HHH is a symmetric matrix, Q~ε(z;p)=Qε(z)+∇Qε(z)Tp\widetilde Q_\varepsilon(z;p)=Q_\varepsilon(z)+\nabla Q_\varepsilon(z)^{\mathsf T}pQ​ε​(z;p)=Qε​(z)+∇Qε​(z)Tp and [C~N(x;d)]i=max⁡j{cj(x,ξi)+∇cj(x,ξi)Td}[\widetilde C^N(x;d)]_i=\max_j\{c_j(x,\xi_i)+\nabla c_j(x,\xi_i)^{\mathsf T}d\}[CN(x;d)]i​=maxj​{cj​(x,ξi​)+∇cj​(x,ξi​)Td}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5.3

If fff and ggg have Lipschitz gradients, each cj(⋅,ξi)c_j(\cdot,\xi_i)cj​(⋅,ξi​) is LLL-Lipschitz with L′L'L′-Lipschitz gradient, γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ is the quartic kernel and (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z, then for fixed LHL_HLH​ there is a constant KKK with

∣φπ(x+d)−m(x,H;d)∣≤K∥d∥2for all x,d∈Rn, H=HT, ∥H∥≤LH.|\varphi_\pi(x+d)-m(x,H;d)|\le K\|d\|^2\qquad\text{for all }x,d\in\mathbb R^n,\ H=H^{\mathsf T},\ \|H\|\le L_H .∣φπ​(x+d)−m(x,H;d)∣≤K∥d∥2for all x,d∈Rn, H=HT, ∥H∥≤LH​.

The constant is not specified, so the goal survives any sharpening of the estimate.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: equation (2.3) has a unique solution when γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ is strictly decreasing, Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ is differentiable and (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z.
  2. Gradient formula (proof of Proposition 4.1): [∇Qε(z)]i=Γε′(zi−Qε(z))/∑jΓε′(zj−Qε(z))[\nabla Q_\varepsilon(z)]_i=\Gamma'_\varepsilon(z_i-Q_\varepsilon(z))/\sum_j\Gamma'_\varepsilon(z_j-Q_\varepsilon(z))[∇Qε​(z)]i​=Γε′​(zi​−Qε​(z))/∑j​Γε′​(zj​−Qε​(z)).
  3. Gradient bounds: the denominator is at most −κ<0-\kappa<0−κ<0 uniformly in zzz, and 0≤[∇Qε(z)]i≤10\le[\nabla Q_\varepsilon(z)]_i\le10≤[∇Qε​(z)]i​≤1.
  4. Proposition 4.1: QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ has bounded Lipschitz continuous gradients.
  5. Linearization bound (5.7)–(5.8): ∥CN(x+d)−C~N(x;d)∥2≤N L′∥d∥2\|C^N(x+d)-\widetilde C^N(x;d)\|_2\le\sqrt N\,L'\|d\|^2∥CN(x+d)−CN(x;d)∥2​≤N​L′∥d∥2.
  6. Proposition 5.1 (companion): a local minimum x∗x^*x∗ of the quantile-constrained problem (5.1) gives the local minimum (x∗,CN(x∗))(x^*,C^N(x^*))(x∗,CN(x∗)) of the lifted problem (5.2).

Significance

Proposition 5.3 is the hypothesis under which the trust-region convergence theory of Conn, Gould and Toint (cited as Theorem 5.4, from their Theorem 11.2.5) applies: it guarantees that the method of §5 converges to stationary points of φπ\varphi_\piφπ​. Combined with the exact-penalty result of Curtis and Overton (cited as Theorem 5.2), which says that for π\piπ large enough local minimizers of the smoothed problem are local minimizers of φπ\varphi_\piφπ​, this justifies solving the smoothed chance-constrained problem by minimizing φπ\varphi_\piφπ​. Proposition 4.1 is independently useful: it says that the smoothed quantile can be handed to any smooth nonlinear solver as a constraint with a bounded, Lipschitz gradient.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. A formalization would also settle two points the printed proofs leave thin: the uniform lower bound on the denominator in Proposition 4.1, which the paper asserts without argument, and the existence part of Lemma 2.1, whose printed proof argues only uniqueness.

Difficulty

The model error splits into three parts. The fff and ggg parts are standard Taylor estimates. The quantile part is the substance. First, QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ is defined only implicitly, so its differentiability needs the implicit function theorem, and its gradient bound needs a lower bound on ∣∑jΓε′(zj−Qε(z))∣\big|\sum_j\Gamma'_\varepsilon(z_j-Q_\varepsilon(z))\big|​∑j​Γε′​(zj​−Qε​(z))​ that is uniform over all z∈RNz\in\mathbb R^Nz∈RN, not just pointwise. The pointwise statement is easy: some sample lies strictly inside the smoothing window. The uniform statement needs a quantitative version of that fact, which uses the fractional part of (1−α)N(1-\alpha)N(1−α)N. Second, CNC^NCN is a maximum of smooth functions and is not differentiable, so the model linearizes each cjc_jcj​ before taking the maximum; one has to show this costs only O(∥d∥2)O(\|d\|^2)O(∥d∥2), uniformly in xxx.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in one module, SmoothCCP.PenaltyModel.Setting. Decisions and directions live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so gradients and dTHdd^{\mathsf T}HddTHd are inner products. HHH is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator and ∥H∥\|H\|∥H∥ is its operator norm. Sample values are a fixed list ξs : Fin N → Ξ; this mission involves no probability. QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ is a function on Fin N → ℝ (sup norm), defined as the least root of (2.3) via sInf. Its gradient is the Fréchet derivative. Γε′\Gamma'_\varepsilonΓε′​ is deriv of the smoothed indicator, which is differentiable for the quartic kernel, including at ±ε\pm\varepsilon±ε. The maximum over jjj uses Finset.sup' and needs m≥1m\ge1m≥1 (the paper's §5 has m>1m>1m>1). The Euclidean norm on RN\mathbb R^NRN appears explicitly only in milestone 5, where it is written ∑i(⋅)2\sqrt{\sum_i(\cdot)^2}∑i​(⋅)2​ to match the printed factor N\sqrt NN​.

Standing hypotheses: ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, N≥1N\ge1N≥1, and (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z. From Proposition 4.1 on, γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ is the quartic kernel. Three readings are disclosed in the goal's statement. The Lipschitz hypotheses (5.4)–(5.5) are assumed on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn and per component cjc_jcj​, because the conclusion ranges over all x,d∈Rnx,d\in\mathbb R^nx,d∈Rn. The quartic kernel and (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z are assumed because the proof uses Proposition 4.1. The O(∥d∥2)O(\|d\|^2)O(∥d∥2) constant is quantified after all data and LHL_HLH​ and before xxx, ddd, HHH.

QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ is the paper's quantile, defined from (2.3), not a function assumed to satisfy it. A statement in which the uniform constant may depend on xxx, ddd or HHH, or in which (2.3) has no root, would be trivial and is excluded.

A complete development needs the implicit function theorem for QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ (Mathlib's HasStrictFDerivAt.implicitFunction or a one-dimensional argument), first-order Taylor bounds for functions with Lipschitz gradients, and elementary facts about the quartic kernel. The Taylor bounds and the facts about maxima of linearizations are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • A. Peña-Ordieres, J. R. Luedtke, A. Wächter, Solving chance-constrained problems via a smooth sample-based nonlinear approximation, SIAM J. Optim. 30(3), 2020. Preprint arXiv:1905.07377v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.07377v2, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1261985
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (the Sℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​QP method). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • F. E. Curtis, M. L. Overton, A sequential quadratic programming algorithm for nonconvex, nonsmooth constrained optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 2012, pp. 474–500. https://doi.org/10.1137/090780201
  • A. R. Conn, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Trust-Region Methods, SIAM, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719857
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Chance-Constrained Problems via a Smooth Sample-Based Nonlinear Approximation 2: Optimal Values and Solutions of the Smoothed SAA Converge w.p.1 as N → ∞ and ε → 0Research Paper

Motivation

A chance-constrained program asks for a decision that satisfies uncertain constraints with high probability rather than surely:

min⁡x∈Xf(x)s.t.P(cj(x,ξ)≤0, j=1,…,m)≥1−α.(1.1)\min_{x\in X} f(x) \quad\text{s.t.}\quad \mathbb P\bigl(c_j(x,\xi)\le 0,\ j=1,\dots,m\bigr)\ge 1-\alpha. \tag{1.1}x∈Xmin​f(x)s.t.P(cj​(x,ξ)≤0, j=1,…,m)≥1−α.(1.1)

Such models appear in power-system operation, portfolio selection, chemical-process and reservoir management, and other settings where requiring the constraints for every realization is too conservative (Nemirovski–Shapiro 2006; the paper's introduction lists applications). The probability is rarely available in closed form, and when the distribution of ξ\xiξ is only accessible through samples, the feasible set of the empirical counterpart is a union of polyhedral-like pieces: it is non-smooth and non-convex, and the empirical quantile introduces many spurious local minima (Peña-Ordieres, Luedtke, Wächter 2020, §2).

Peña-Ordieres, Luedtke and Wächter replace the indicator inside the empirical probability by a smooth kernel with bandwidth ε\varepsilonε, which turns the sample constraint into a differentiable one suitable for nonlinear programming solvers. This mission formalizes the paper's consistency result: as the sample size grows and the bandwidth shrinks, jointly, the optimal values and optimal solutions of the smoothed sample problem converge to those of the true problem with probability one.

Timeline. Consistency of sample approximations of chance constraints with the plain empirical cdf goes back to Pagnoncelli, Ahmed, Shapiro 2009 (reference [36] of the paper; its Propositions 2.1 and 2.2). Luedtke–Ahmed 2008 gave finite-sample feasibility guarantees for the same empirical approximation. Convergence with respect to a smoothing parameter alone was studied by Geletu, Hoffmann, Klöppel and Li (SIAM J. Optim. 27, 2017), Hong, Yang, Zhang 2011 and Hu, Hong and Zhang (IIE Trans. 45, 2013) (references [15], [25], [26] of the paper). Peña-Ordieres–Luedtke–Wächter 2020 (SIAM J. Optim. 30(3)) treat both parameters simultaneously; Theorem 3.5 of the preprint arXiv:1905.07377v2 is the result posed here.

Setting

Decisions are vectors x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn restricted to a closed set XXX. The random data ξ\xiξ takes values in a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ with law Pξ\mathbb P_\xiPξ​. The constraints are aggregated into one scalar function C(x,ξ)=max⁡jcj(x,ξ)C(x,\xi)=\max_j c_j(x,\xi)C(x,ξ)=maxj​cj​(x,ξ), and the risk level is α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).

  • True distribution function. F(t;x)=Pξ(C(x,ξ)≤t)F(t;x)=\mathbb P_\xi(C(x,\xi)\le t)F(t;x)=Pξ​(C(x,ξ)≤t). The true feasible region is Xα={x∈X∣F(0;x)≥1−α}X_\alpha=\{x\in X\mid F(0;x)\ge 1-\alpha\}Xα​={x∈X∣F(0;x)≥1−α}; the optimal solution set and value of (1.1) are SSS and v∗v^*v∗.
  • Smoothed indicator. For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, Γε(y)\Gamma_\varepsilon(y)Γε​(y) equals 111 for y≤−εy\le-\varepsilony≤−ε, 000 for y≥εy\ge\varepsilony≥ε, and γε(y)\gamma_\varepsilon(y)γε​(y) in between, where γε:[−ε,ε]→[0,1]\gamma_\varepsilon:[-\varepsilon,\varepsilon]\to[0,1]γε​:[−ε,ε]→[0,1] is strictly decreasing, symmetric (γε(−y)=1−γε(y)\gamma_\varepsilon(-y)=1-\gamma_\varepsilon(y)γε​(−y)=1−γε​(y)), and makes Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ differentiable. The paper's concrete choice is the quartic kernel (2.6).
  • Smoothed distribution functions. Fε(t;x)=∫Γε(C(x,ξ)−t) dPξF_\varepsilon(t;x)=\int\Gamma_\varepsilon(C(x,\xi)-t)\,d\mathbb P_\xiFε​(t;x)=∫Γε​(C(x,ξ)−t)dPξ​, and, for an i.i.d. sample ξ1,…,ξN\xi_1,\dots,\xi_Nξ1​,…,ξN​,
FεN(t;x)=1N∑i=1NΓε(C(x,ξi)−t).F^N_\varepsilon(t;x)=\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\Gamma_\varepsilon\bigl(C(x,\xi_i)-t\bigr).FεN​(t;x)=N1​i=1∑N​Γε​(C(x,ξi​)−t).
  • Smoothed sample problem (2.4). min⁡x∈Xf(x)\min_{x\in X} f(x)minx∈X​f(x) subject to FεN(0;x)≥1−αF^N_\varepsilon(0;x)\ge1-\alphaFεN​(0;x)≥1−α, with optimal solution set SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ and value vεNv^N_\varepsilonvεN​.

The standing assumptions are: Assumption 3.1, for each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X the random variable C(x,ξ)C(x,\xi)C(x,ξ) has a continuous distribution; Assumption 3.2, CCC is Carathéodory, i.e. C(x,⋅)C(x,\cdot)C(x,⋅) is measurable for each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X and C(⋅,ξ)C(\cdot,\xi)C(⋅,ξ) is continuous for almost every ξ\xiξ; Assumption 3.3, some optimal solution xˉ\bar xxˉ of (1.1) is a limit of points x∈Xx\in Xx∈X with F(0;x)>1−αF(0;x)>1-\alphaF(0;x)>1−α.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5

If XXX is compact, fff is continuous and Assumptions 3.1–3.3 hold, then with probability one, as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0 jointly,

SεN≠∅ eventually,vεN→v∗,D(SεN,S)=sup⁡x∈SεNdist⁡(x,S)→0.S^N_\varepsilon\neq\emptyset\ \text{eventually},\qquad v^N_\varepsilon\to v^*,\qquad \mathbb D(S^N_\varepsilon,S)=\sup_{x\in S^N_\varepsilon}\operatorname{dist}(x,S)\to0 .SεN​=∅ eventually,vεN​→v∗,D(SεN​,S)=x∈SεN​sup​dist(x,S)→0.

Milestones

  1. Uniform law of large numbers (proof of Theorem 3.4): w.p.1, sup⁡ε∈(0,1]sup⁡x∈U∣FεN(0;x)−Fε(0;x)∣→0\sup_{\varepsilon\in(0,1]}\sup_{x\in U}|F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)-F_\varepsilon(0;x)|\to0supε∈(0,1]​supx∈U​∣FεN​(0;x)−Fε​(0;x)∣→0 as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞, for compact U⊆XU\subseteq XU⊆X.
  2. Removal of the smoothing (proof of Theorem 3.4): sup⁡x∈U∣Fε(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0\sup_{x\in U}|F_\varepsilon(0;x)-F(0;x)|\to0supx∈U​∣Fε​(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0 as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+.
  3. Theorem 3.4: w.p.1, sup⁡x∈U∣FεN(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0\sup_{x\in U}|F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)-F(0;x)|\to0supx∈U​∣FεN​(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0 as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0.
  4. Eventual nonemptiness of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ (proof of Theorem 3.5).
  5. (3.3): lim inf⁡vεN≥v∗\liminf v^N_\varepsilon\ge v^*liminfvεN​≥v∗ w.p.1.
  6. (3.4): lim sup⁡vεN≤v∗\limsup v^N_\varepsilon\le v^*limsupvεN​≤v∗ w.p.1.

Significance

Theorem 3.5 justifies solving the smooth problem (2.4) in place of (1.1): with enough samples and a small enough bandwidth, global solutions of the surrogate approximate global solutions of the chance-constrained program, and the optimal values agree in the limit. Unlike earlier results it controls the two approximation errors, sampling and smoothing, at once, so no order of limits has to be chosen in practice. It is the asymptotic counterpart of the paper's finite-sample feasibility bound (Theorem 3.13) and the theoretical basis for the trust-region method of §5.

The result is proved in the paper, with two steps imported from Shapiro–Dentcheva–Ruszczyński, second edition (a uniform law of large numbers, Theorem 7.53, and a convergence-of-expectations result, Theorem 4.91) and the deviation statement deferred to Theorem 5.3 there. None of these results, and no consistency theorem for sample approximations of chance constraints, is machine-checked on Prove2Me or, as far as is known, elsewhere. A formal proof requires writing the imported steps out for the specific integrands of this problem and completing the solution-set argument the paper leaves to the reference.

Difficulty

The pointwise statements are routine; the uniformity is not. The integrand Γε(C(x,ξ))\Gamma_\varepsilon(C(x,\xi))Γε​(C(x,ξ)) converges, as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0, to the indicator 1{C(x,ξ)≤0}\mathbf 1\{C(x,\xi)\le0\}1{C(x,ξ)≤0}, which is discontinuous in xxx wherever C(x,ξ)=0C(x,\xi)=0C(x,ξ)=0. A uniform law of large numbers for a family that degenerates into indicators needs the no-atom Assumption 3.1 at every point of UUU, not only at the limit. Moreover, the smoothing functions γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ for different ε\varepsilonε are unrelated, so the family is not continuous in ε\varepsilonε, and a Glivenko–Cantelli argument over a joint parameter (x,ε)(x,\varepsilon)(x,ε) cannot be applied directly. The convergence of solution sets needs, in addition, that the limit of feasible points of (2.4) is feasible for (1.1), which uses the continuity of F(0;⋅)F(0;\cdot)F(0;⋅) on XXX; that continuity again rests on Assumptions 3.1 and 3.2.

Formalization scope

  • Decisions are Fin n → ℝ with the sup norm. Assumption 3.3 is stated for every radius, so the norm choice does not change it.
  • The sample is an infinite sequence ξ : ℕ → Ω → Ξ of measurable, independent maps on a probability space, each with law Pξ\mathbb P_\xiPξ​; FεNF^N_\varepsilonFεN​ uses the first NNN draws.
  • "As N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0" is the product filter atTop ×ˢ 𝓝[>] 0 on N×R\mathbb N\times\mathbb RN×R, with ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 because Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ needs it; one null set serves every conclusion of a statement.
  • Assumption 3.1 is "no atoms": Pξ(C(x,ξ)=y)=0\mathbb P_\xi(C(x,\xi)=y)=0Pξ​(C(x,ξ)=y)=0 for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, y∈Ry\in\mathbb Ry∈R. Assumption 3.2 is measurability of C(x,⋅)C(x,\cdot)C(x,⋅) on XXX plus almost-sure continuity of C(⋅,ξ)C(\cdot,\xi)C(⋅,ξ) on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • The family γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ is any family with each member admissible; no relation across ε\varepsilonε is assumed. The quartic kernel (2.6) is admissible for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, so the hypothesis is satisfiable.
  • The feasible set of (2.4) is {x∈X∣FεN(0;x)≥1−α}\{x\in X\mid F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)\ge1-\alpha\}{x∈X∣FεN​(0;x)≥1−α}, the form the paper's proof uses. The quantile Qε1−αQ^{1-\alpha}_\varepsilonQε1−α​ of (2.4) is defined only when (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z, which fails for infinitely many NNN when α\alphaα is rational; where it is defined, the two feasible sets coincide.
  • The optimal value is the real infimum, which Lean sets to 000 on an empty set. The goal therefore asserts eventual nonemptiness of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ itself, and (3.3)–(3.4) are stated as bounds on fff over the feasible set of (2.4), which imply the liminf and limsup without reading an infimum over a possibly empty set. The deviation D\mathbb DD is stated pointwise ("every point of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ is eventually within η\etaη of SSS"), with SSS nonempty by Assumption 3.3, so the distance to the empty set never arises.
  • Iterated limits (first NNN, then ε\varepsilonε), a null set chosen after η\etaη, or a feasible set defined through QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ with its junk value would each be a different and weaker statement; none is used.

The definitions layer (Γ_ε, admissibility, FFF, FεF_\varepsilonFε​, FεNF^N_\varepsilonFεN​, XαX_\alphaXα​, the shifted sample sets (3.2)) is shared with the companion mission on finite-sample feasibility. A uniform law of large numbers for almost-surely continuous, bounded integrands on a compact parameter set, and convergence of optimal values under uniform convergence of constraint functions, are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of either as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Peña-Ordieres, J. R. Luedtke, A. Wächter, Solving chance-constrained problems via a smooth sample-based nonlinear approximation, SIAM J. Optim. 30(3), 2020; preprint arXiv:1905.07377v2, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.07377, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1261985
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, second edition, 2014 (Theorems 4.91, 5.3, 7.53; reference [40] of the paper). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973433
  • B. K. Pagnoncelli, S. Ahmed, A. Shapiro, Sample average approximation method for chance constrained programming: theory and applications, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 142, 2009, pp. 399–416. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-009-9523-6
  • J. Luedtke, S. Ahmed, A sample approximation approach for optimization with probabilistic constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 19, 2008, pp. 674–699. https://doi.org/10.1137/070702928
  • L. J. Hong, Y. Yang, L. Zhang, Sequential convex approximations to joint chance constrained programs: a Monte Carlo approach, Oper. Res. 59, 2011, pp. 617–630. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0910
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Shapiro, Convex approximations of chance constrained programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17, 2006, pp. 969–996. https://doi.org/10.1137/050622328
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Forward-Backward Splitting Method for Monotone Inclusions Without Cocoercivity 3: With Linesearch and Locally Lipschitz B the Method Converges to a Zero in Finite DimensionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in optimization, variational inequalities and saddle-point computation can be written as a monotone inclusion: find xxx with 0∈A(x)+B(x)0 \in A(x) + B(x)0∈A(x)+B(x), where AAA is a set-valued maximally monotone operator (a subdifferential, a normal cone) and BBB is single-valued (a gradient, a skew saddle operator). Splitting methods treat AAA only through its resolvent and BBB only through forward evaluations. The classical forward-backward method needs BBB to be cocoercive, which rules out saddle-point operators; Tseng's forward-backward-forward method removes this but needs two evaluations of BBB per step.

Malitsky and Tam (arXiv:1808.04162, SIAM J. Optim. 30(2), 2020) introduced the forward-reflected-backward method, which needs only monotonicity and Lipschitz continuity of BBB and one new evaluation of BBB per iteration. Its step size in Section 2 depends on a global Lipschitz constant LLL of BBB. Such a constant is often unknown, expensive to estimate, overly conservative, or nonexistent when BBB is only locally Lipschitz. Section 3 of the paper replaces the fixed step by a linesearch (backtracking) and proves convergence for locally Lipschitz BBB in finite dimensions. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Let HHH be a finite-dimensional real inner product space. An operator A:H⇉HA : H \rightrightarrows HA:H⇉H is monotone if ⟨x−y,u−v⟩≥0\langle x - y, u - v\rangle \ge 0⟨x−y,u−v⟩≥0 whenever u∈A(x)u \in A(x)u∈A(x), v∈A(y)v \in A(y)v∈A(y), and maximally monotone if moreover its graph is not properly contained in the graph of another monotone operator. For t>0t > 0t>0 the resolvent JtA=(I+tA)−1J_{tA} = (I + tA)^{-1}JtA​=(I+tA)−1 is the map with t−1(w−JtAw)∈A(JtAw)t^{-1}(w - J_{tA}w) \in A(J_{tA}w)t−1(w−JtA​w)∈A(JtA​w) for every www. A map B:H→HB : H \to HB:H→H is monotone if ⟨x−y,B(x)−B(y)⟩≥0\langle x - y, B(x) - B(y)\rangle \ge 0⟨x−y,B(x)−B(y)⟩≥0, and locally Lipschitz if every point has a neighbourhood on which BBB is Lipschitz. The zero set is (A+B)−1(0)={x:−B(x)∈A(x)}(A+B)^{-1}(0) = \{x : -B(x) \in A(x)\}(A+B)−1(0)={x:−B(x)∈A(x)}.

Fix δ∈(0,1)\delta \in (0,1)δ∈(0,1) and σ∈(0,1)\sigma \in (0,1)σ∈(0,1). Given xkx_kxk​, xk−1x_{k-1}xk−1​ and the previous step λk−1\lambda_{k-1}λk−1​, the trial point at step ttt is

xk+1(t)=JtA(xk−tB(xk)−λk−1(B(xk)−B(xk−1))).x_{k+1}(t) = J_{tA}\big(x_k - tB(x_k) - \lambda_{k-1}(B(x_k) - B(x_{k-1}))\big).xk+1​(t)=JtA​(xk​−tB(xk​)−λk−1​(B(xk​)−B(xk−1​))).

Algorithm 1 starts from arbitrary x0,x−1∈Hx_0, x_{-1} \in Hx0​,x−1​∈H and λ−1>0\lambda_{-1} > 0λ−1​>0. In each iteration it chooses ρ∈{1,σ−1}\rho \in \{1, \sigma^{-1}\}ρ∈{1,σ−1}, sets λk=ρλk−1σi\lambda_k = \rho\lambda_{k-1}\sigma^iλk​=ρλk−1​σi with iii the smallest nonnegative integer for which

λk∥B(xk+1)−B(xk)∥≤δ2∥xk+1−xk∥,xk+1=xk+1(λk).(30)\lambda_k \|B(x_{k+1}) - B(x_k)\| \le \frac{\delta}{2}\|x_{k+1} - x_k\|, \qquad x_{k+1} = x_{k+1}(\lambda_k). \tag{30}λk​∥B(xk+1​)−B(xk​)∥≤2δ​∥xk+1​−xk​∥,xk+1​=xk+1​(λk​).(30)

The choice of ρ\rhoρ may change from one iteration to the next; ρ=σ−1\rho = \sigma^{-1}ρ=σ−1 allows the step to grow.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

If AAA is maximally monotone, BBB is monotone and locally Lipschitz, and (A+B)−1(0)≠∅(A+B)^{-1}(0) \ne \emptyset(A+B)−1(0)=∅, then every sequence generated by Algorithm 1 satisfies

∃ xˉ∈(A+B)−1(0):xk→xˉ.\exists\, \bar x \in (A+B)^{-1}(0): \qquad x_k \to \bar x .∃xˉ∈(A+B)−1(0):xk​→xˉ.

The statement fixes no constant: it holds for every δ,σ∈(0,1)\delta, \sigma \in (0,1)δ,σ∈(0,1), every λ−1>0\lambda_{-1} > 0λ−1​>0, every initial pair and every sequence of choices of ρ\rhoρ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.2 (any real Hilbert space, BBB only locally Lipschitz): at any iteration state, some iii satisfies (30), so the linesearch terminates.
  2. Lemma 3.3: for a zero xxx there is ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 with
∥xk+1−x∥2+2λk⟨B(xk+1)−B(xk),x−xk+1⟩+(12+ε)∥xk+1−xk∥2≤∥xk−x∥2+2λk−1⟨B(xk)−B(xk−1),x−xk⟩+12∥xk−xk−1∥2,\|x_{k+1}-x\|^2+2\lambda_k\langle B(x_{k+1})-B(x_k),x-x_{k+1}\rangle+\big(\tfrac12+\varepsilon\big)\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|^2 \le \|x_k-x\|^2+2\lambda_{k-1}\langle B(x_k)-B(x_{k-1}),x-x_k\rangle+\tfrac12\|x_k-x_{k-1}\|^2,∥xk+1​−x∥2+2λk​⟨B(xk+1​)−B(xk​),x−xk+1​⟩+(21​+ε)∥xk+1​−xk​∥2≤∥xk​−x∥2+2λk−1​⟨B(xk​)−B(xk−1​),x−xk​⟩+21​∥xk​−xk−1​∥2,

stated for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 (see Formalization scope). 3. The iterates are bounded and ∥xk−xk+1∥→0\|x_k - x_{k+1}\| \to 0∥xk​−xk+1​∥→0. 4. (33): there is L>0L > 0L>0 with ∥B(xk+1)−B(xk)∥≤L∥xk+1−xk∥\|B(x_{k+1}) - B(x_k)\| \le L\|x_{k+1} - x_k\|∥B(xk+1​)−B(xk​)∥≤L∥xk+1​−xk​∥ for all kkk. 5. The step sizes (λk)(\lambda_k)(λk​) are bounded away from zero.

Significance

The theorem makes the forward-reflected-backward method usable without any knowledge of a Lipschitz constant, and extends it to operators that are only locally Lipschitz, such as gradients of C1C^1C1 functions without globally Lipschitz gradient or saddle operators of smooth non-quadratic convex-concave functions. The linesearch costs one resolvent and one evaluation of BBB per trial, and the adaptive factor ρ=σ−1\rho = \sigma^{-1}ρ=σ−1 lets the steps recover after a conservative phase. The same template (an energy inequality where the linesearch test stands in for the Lipschitz bound, followed by a lower bound on the step sizes) recurs in adaptive and backtracking variants of many first-order methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal account of Algorithm 1 including the minimality of the backtracking index, which is where informal accounts of linesearch methods tend to be imprecise. It also records one correction: Lemma 3.3 as printed asserts (32) for all k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N, but at k=0k = 0k=0 the bound concerns initial data that Algorithm 1 never tests, and it fails there. Theorem 3.4 is unaffected.

Difficulty

Two steps do not transfer directly from the constant-step analysis. First, termination of the linesearch requires the limit behaviour of resolvents as the step tends to zero (JtA(y)→Pdom A‾(y)J_{tA}(y) \to P_{\overline{\mathrm{dom}\,A}}(y)JtA​(y)→PdomA​(y), Bauschke–Combettes, Theorem 23.47), combined with continuity of BBB at the current point; local Lipschitz continuity enters only here and in the last step. Second, the step sizes must be bounded below. The obvious argument combines the accepted test (30) with the Lipschitz bound (33) along the iterates, but (33) concerns accepted points, while a rejected trial step concerns a trial point that is not an iterate. One must show that the rejected trial points also stay in a fixed bounded set, on which BBB is Lipschitz. Finite dimensionality is used exactly to pass from local Lipschitz continuity to Lipschitz continuity on bounded sets.

Formalization scope

HHH is a type with [NormedAddCommGroup H] [InnerProductSpace ℝ H] [FiniteDimensional ℝ H]; it is never specialised to EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The operator vocabulary (monotone, maximally monotone, resolvent) is the published module ThreeOpSplitting.Accel.MonotoneOperators; local Lipschitz continuity is Mathlib's LocallyLipschitz. Conventions committed to:

  • Resolvent as hypothesis. The resolvent is a family J : ℝ → H → H with IsResolventFamily A J; for maximally monotone AAA it exists (Minty) and is unique on t>0t > 0t>0. The goal keeps maximal monotonicity of AAA as well.
  • Index shift. Lean's x j is xj−1x_{j-1}xj−1​ and lam j is λj−1\lambda_{j-1}λj−1​, so lam 0 =λ−1=\lambda_{-1}=λ−1​. Algorithm 1's initialization also names a λ0\lambda_0λ0​ that the iteration never uses; it is not a parameter.
  • Run predicate. IsLinesearchRun J B δ σ lam x requires at every iteration some ρ∈{1,σ−1}\rho \in \{1, \sigma^{-1}\}ρ∈{1,σ−1} and an index iii such that λk=ρλk−1σi\lambda_k = \rho\lambda_{k-1}\sigma^iλk​=ρλk−1​σi, xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ is the trial point at λk\lambda_kλk​, (30) holds, and (30) fails at every smaller index. Every sequence of ρ\rhoρ choices is admitted.
  • Mode of convergence. Norm convergence, Filter.Tendsto x atTop (nhds xs).
  • Lemma 3.3 for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1. A disclosed correction of the printed "for all k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N".
  • Hypothesis relaxations in milestones. Lemma 3.3 uses only monotonicity of AAA and no completeness; the boundedness milestone drops finite dimensionality. Both are stronger than the page.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: the resolvent is tied to AAA by IsResolventFamily rather than left free; the minimality clause prevents arbitrarily small accepted steps; ρ\rhoρ is not fixed; convergence is in norm, not weak; and a global Lipschitz hypothesis on BBB, which would reduce the goal to mission 1 of this series in finite dimension, is not assumed. The hypotheses are satisfiable (a sanity file checks A≡{0}A \equiv \{0\}A≡{0}, J=idJ = \mathrm{id}J=id, B=0B = 0B=0).

A complete development needs: nonexpansiveness and continuity in the step of resolvents of maximally monotone operators, including the small-step limit to the projection onto dom A‾\overline{\mathrm{dom}\,A}domA; Lipschitz continuity on compact sets of locally Lipschitz maps; the telescoping argument of Theorem 2.5; and a finite-dimensional closedness argument for the graph of A+BA + BA+B. The resolvent facts are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones, and of the resolvent lemmas as separate items, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Malitsky, M. K. Tam, A Forward-Backward Splitting Method for Monotone Inclusions Without Cocoercivity, SIAM J. Optim. 30(2):1451–1472, 2020. arXiv:1808.04162v4, doi:10.1137/18M1207260
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, 2nd ed., Springer, 2017. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-48311-5
  • P. Tseng, A modified forward-backward splitting method for maximal monotone mappings, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38(2):431–446, 2000. doi:10.1137/S0363012998338806
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Stochastic Gradient Tracking Methods II: With Stepsizes θ/(m+k), DSGT's Mean-Square Error Is at Most 2θ²σ²/(n(θμ−1)(m+k)) Plus Higher-Order TermsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many learning and estimation problems are solved by a group of computing agents that each hold part of the data and can talk only to their neighbours in a communication network. Each agent iii has a private cost fif_ifi​, and the group wants a minimizer of the average f=1n∑ifif=\frac1n\sum_i f_if=n1​∑i​fi​ without a central coordinator. In machine learning the agents usually cannot evaluate exact gradients either; they draw noisy stochastic gradients from samples, as in stochastic gradient descent (SGD).

Pu and Nedić (Math. Program. 187 (2021) 409–457) study distributed stochastic gradient tracking (DSGT), where each agent keeps an auxiliary variable that tracks the network-average gradient. With deterministic gradients, gradient tracking achieves linear convergence under a constant stepsize (Nedić, Olshevsky and Shi 2017; Qu and Li 2018). The question for the stochastic setting is whether a network of nnn agents, each with noisy gradients, matches centralized SGD that averages nnn samples per step. This mission is the second of two on the paper: it covers the diminishing stepsize αk=θ/(m+k)\alpha_k=\theta/(m+k)αk​=θ/(m+k) and Theorem 2, which gives an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate whose leading constant does not depend on the network.

Setting

There are nnn agents and a decision space Rp\mathbb R^pRp with p≥1p\ge1p≥1. Agent iii has a differentiable cost fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R that is μ\muμ-strongly convex with LLL-Lipschitz gradient (Assumption 2); x∗x^*x∗ denotes the minimizer of f=1n∑ifif=\frac1n\sum_if_if=n1​∑i​fi​. A query of agent iii at a point xxx returns gi(x,ξi)g_i(x,\xi_i)gi​(x,ξi​), where ξi∈Rd\xi_i\in\mathbb R^dξi​∈Rd is a random sample. The samples ξi,k\xi_{i,k}ξi,k​ (agent iii, iteration kkk) are mutually independent, and for every fixed xxx

E[gi(x,ξi,k)]=∇fi(x),E∥gi(x,ξi,k)−∇fi(x)∥2≤σ2\mathbb E[g_i(x,\xi_{i,k})]=\nabla f_i(x),\qquad \mathbb E\|g_i(x,\xi_{i,k})-\nabla f_i(x)\|^2\le\sigma^2E[gi​(x,ξi,k​)]=∇fi​(x),E∥gi​(x,ξi,k​)−∇fi​(x)∥2≤σ2

(Assumption 1). Agents communicate through a nonnegative coupling matrix W=[wij]\mathbf W=[w_{ij}]W=[wij​] that is doubly stochastic, has some positive diagonal entry, and whose positive off-diagonal entries form a connected undirected graph (Assumptions 3–4). Write ρw\rho_wρw​ for the spectral norm of W−1n11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−n1​11⊤; it is below 111 (Lemma 1).

Stack the local variables as x=[x1,…,xn]⊤∈Rn×p\mathbf x=[x_1,\dots,x_n]^\top\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}x=[x1​,…,xn​]⊤∈Rn×p, let xˉ=1n∑ixi\bar x=\frac1n\sum_ix_ixˉ=n1​∑i​xi​, and use the Frobenius norm, so that ∥x−1xˉ∥2=∑i∥xi−xˉ∥2\|\mathbf x-\mathbf 1\bar x\|^2=\sum_i\|x_i-\bar x\|^2∥x−1xˉ∥2=∑i​∥xi​−xˉ∥2 is the consensus error. DSGT (4) starts from an arbitrary deterministic x0\mathbf x_0x0​ and yi,0=gi(xi,0,ξi,0)y_{i,0}=g_i(x_{i,0},\xi_{i,0})yi,0​=gi​(xi,0​,ξi,0​), and iterates

xi,k+1=∑jwij (xj,k−αkyj,k),yi,k+1=∑jwij yj,k+gi(xi,k+1,ξi,k+1)−gi(xi,k,ξi,k),x_{i,k+1}=\sum_j w_{ij}\,(x_{j,k}-\alpha_k y_{j,k}),\qquad y_{i,k+1}=\sum_jw_{ij}\,y_{j,k}+g_i(x_{i,k+1},\xi_{i,k+1})-g_i(x_{i,k},\xi_{i,k}),xi,k+1​=j∑​wij​(xj,k​−αk​yj,k​),yi,k+1​=j∑​wij​yj,k​+gi​(xi,k+1​,ξi,k+1​)−gi​(xi,k​,ξi,k​),

with stepsize αk=θ/(m+k)\alpha_k=\theta/(m+k)αk​=θ/(m+k).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 418)

Let θ>1/μ\theta>1/\muθ>1/μ and let mmm satisfy condition (14) of the paper: mmm exceeds θ2(μ+L)\frac\theta2(\mu+L)2θ​(μ+L) and 4θLρw2+2θLρw1+3ρw21−ρw2\frac{4\theta L\rho_w^2+2\theta L\rho_w\sqrt{1+3\rho_w^2}}{1-\rho_w^2}1−ρw2​4θLρw2​+2θLρw​1+3ρw2​​​, and a second explicit inequality in θ,m,μ,L,ρw\theta,m,\mu,L,\rho_wθ,m,μ,L,ρw​ and ∥W−I∥\|\mathbf W-\mathbf I\|∥W−I∥ holds. Then there are constants C1,C2,C3C_1,C_2,C_3C1​,C2​,C3​, independent of kkk, such that for all k≥0k\ge0k≥0

E∥xˉk−x∗∥2≤2θ2σ2n(θμ−1)(m+k)+C1(m+k)θμ+C2(m+k)2,E∥xk−1xˉk∥2≤C3(m+k)2.\mathbb E\|\bar x_k-x^*\|^2\le\frac{2\theta^2\sigma^2}{n(\theta\mu-1)(m+k)}+\frac{C_1}{(m+k)^{\theta\mu}}+\frac{C_2}{(m+k)^2},\qquad \mathbb E\|\mathbf x_k-\mathbf 1\bar x_k\|^2\le\frac{C_3}{(m+k)^2}.E∥xˉk​−x∗∥2≤n(θμ−1)(m+k)2θ2σ2​+(m+k)θμC1​​+(m+k)2C2​​,E∥xk​−1xˉk​∥2≤(m+k)2C3​​.

The constants may depend on every datum of the run (network, costs, noise law, starting point, θ\thetaθ, mmm), but not on kkk.

Milestones

  1. (29)–(30), p. 425. The mean-square errors Uk=E∥xˉk−x∗∥2U_k=\mathbb E\|\bar x_k-x^*\|^2Uk​=E∥xˉk​−x∗∥2, Xk=E∥xk−1xˉk∥2X_k=\mathbb E\|\mathbf x_k-\mathbf 1\bar x_k\|^2Xk​=E∥xk​−1xˉk​∥2, Yk=E∥yk−1yˉk∥2Y_k=\mathbb E\|\mathbf y_k-\mathbf 1\bar y_k\|^2Yk​=E∥yk​−1yˉ​k​∥2 satisfy a componentwise linear system Vk+1≤AkVk+bkV_{k+1}\le\mathbf A_kV_k+b_kVk+1​≤Ak​Vk​+bk​ with an explicit 3×33\times33×3 matrix Ak\mathbf A_kAk​.
  2. (31), p. 425. The positivity of βk\beta_kβk​, used in Ak\mathbf A_kAk​, reduces to an explicit lower bound on mmm.
  3. (32)–(36), pp. 425–427. By induction, Uk≤U^/(m+k)U_k\le\hat U/(m+k)Uk​≤U^/(m+k), Xk≤X^/(m+k)2X_k\le\hat X/(m+k)^2Xk​≤X^/(m+k)2 and YkY_kYk​ is bounded, with explicit U^\hat UU^ and X^\hat XX^.
  4. p. 427. The refined recursion Uk+1≤(1−αkμ)Uk+2αkL2μnXk+αk2σ2nU_{k+1}\le(1-\alpha_k\mu)U_k+\frac{2\alpha_kL^2}{\mu n}X_k+\frac{\alpha_k^2\sigma^2}nUk+1​≤(1−αk​μ)Uk​+μn2αk​L2​Xk​+nαk2​σ2​.
  5. p. 427. Product bounds ∏t=0k−1(1−θμm+t)≤mθμ/(m+k)θμ\prod_{t=0}^{k-1}(1-\frac{\theta\mu}{m+t})\le m^{\theta\mu}/(m+k)^{\theta\mu}∏t=0k−1​(1−m+tθμ​)≤mθμ/(m+k)θμ and their tail versions.
  6. p. 427. Sum–integral bounds for ∑t<k(m+t)θμ−3\sum_{t<k}(m+t)^{\theta\mu-3}∑t<k​(m+t)θμ−3 and ∑t<k(m+t)θμ−2\sum_{t<k}(m+t)^{\theta\mu-2}∑t<k​(m+t)θμ−2.

Significance

The leading term 2θ2σ2/(n(θμ−1)(m+k))2\theta^2\sigma^2/(n(\theta\mu-1)(m+k))2θ2σ2/(n(θμ−1)(m+k)) involves neither ρw\rho_wρw​ nor the graph: after a transient, the network-average iterate behaves like centralized SGD run on nnn samples per step, and the error decreases as 1/n1/n1/n with the number of agents (Remark 3 of the paper). The consensus error decays one order faster, as 1/k21/k^21/k2. The result is a reference point for later analyses of stochastic gradient tracking, which refine the transient time and the dependence on the network.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge no part of it is machine-checked. A complete development formalizes the stacked stochastic model, the conditional-expectation estimates behind the linear system, the induction with tuned constants, and the elementary analytic bounds. Two steps of the printed proof need extra care (see Formalization scope), and repairing them is part of the work.

Difficulty

The estimate for the tracker error YkY_kYk​ couples all three quantities: bounding Yk+1Y_{k+1}Yk+1​ requires UkU_kUk​ and XkX_kXk​, and Xk+1X_{k+1}Xk+1​ requires YkY_kYk​. A direct estimate of any single error therefore does not close, and the rate for UkU_kUk​ cannot be read off from a scalar recursion until Xk=O(1/k2)X_k=O(1/k^2)Xk​=O(1/k2) is known. The induction closes only for the constants of the paper and under condition (14), which must be checked to hold for all kkk at once. The probabilistic estimates need independence of the samples across agents and times, since the variance bound σ2/n\sigma^2/nσ2/n for the averaged noise uses that the agents' noises are uncorrelated. Finally, the products and sums of real powers (m+t)θμ−2(m+t)^{\theta\mu-2}(m+t)θμ−2 must be bounded uniformly in kkk, including the regimes θμ<2\theta\mu<2θμ<2 and θμ>2\theta\mu>2θμ>2.

Formalization scope

Points of Rp\mathbb R^pRp are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); stacked variables are functions Fin n → E p, and every matrix norm ∥x∥\|\mathbf x\|∥x∥ is the Frobenius sum ∑i∥xi∥2\sum_i\|x_i\|^2∑i​∥xi​∥2, never the sup norm of the product type. ∥W−I∥\|\mathbf W-\mathbf I\|∥W−I∥ is the Frobenius norm and ρw\rho_wρw​ the operator norm of Matrix.toEuclideanCLM applied to W−1n11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−n1​11⊤. The noise space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd (the paper's Rm\mathbb R^mRm; mmm is the stepsize offset). Expectations are Bochner integrals, and every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conjunct, so a non-integrable error cannot satisfy a bound by having integral 000. Powers with real exponents are Real.rpow.

Standing assumptions and additions, all stated in the items:

  • Assumptions 1–4 hold in every run statement; the paper's Theorem 2 cites only Assumptions 1 and 2, but ρw<1\rho_w<1ρw​<1 rests on Assumptions 3–4.
  • Assumption 1's "each random vector is independent" is read as mutual independence of all ξi,k\xi_{i,k}ξi,k​; its conditional moments given a deterministic xxx become unconditional moments for each fixed xxx. The oracle gig_igi​ is jointly measurable.
  • p≥1p\ge1p≥1, and ρw>0\rho_w>0ρw​>0 (condition (14) and CCC divide by ρw2\rho_w^2ρw2​).
  • The linear system (29) and the induction carry 3αkL≤13\alpha_kL\le13αk​L≤1 (respectively 3θL≤m3\theta L\le m3θL≤m), which the derivation of Lemma 4 (20) uses on p. 445 without stating it. The sum bound for ∑(m+t)θμ−3\sum(m+t)^{\theta\mu-3}∑(m+t)θμ−3 carries θμ≠2\theta\mu\ne2θμ=2. The goal carries neither: its constants absorb a finite transient.

The constants C1,C2,C3C_1,C_2,C_3C1​,C2​,C3​ of the goal are quantified after all data and before kkk; a statement with the constants chosen after kkk would be trivially true and is not this theorem. The goal mentions only the iterates, x∗x^*x∗, θ\thetaθ, mmm and the constants of the page, not the auxiliary quantities of the proof.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the analytic milestones (products, sums), the conditional-expectation estimates behind (29), and the repair of the two gaps of the printed proof. The model definitions are shared with the companion mission on constant stepsizes.

Selected references

  • S. Pu and A. Nedić, Distributed stochastic gradient tracking methods, Mathematical Programming 187 (2021) 409–457. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01487-0
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky and W. Shi, Achieving geometric convergence for distributed optimization over time-varying graphs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 27 (2017) 2597–2633. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • G. Qu and N. Li, Harnessing smoothness to accelerate distributed optimization, IEEE Transactions on Control of Network Systems 5 (2018) 1245–1260. https://doi.org/10.1109/TCNS.2017.2698261
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan and A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19 (2009) 1574–1609. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 15 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me